for rf systems-on-chiptheses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010isal0112/these.pdf · 2016. 1. 11. ·...
TRANSCRIPT
N° d'ordre: 2010-ISAL-0112 Année 2010
THESE
présentée
devant l'Institut National des Sciences Appliquées de Lyon
pour obtenir
LE GRADE DE DOCTEUR
Ecole Doctorale: Electronique Electrotechnique Automatique
Formation Doctorale: Composants et Systemes Electriques
par
Malal Bathily
Ingénieur INSA GE, Lyon
Master GEGP DEI, INSA Lyon
Design of DC/DC converters
for RF Systems-on-Chip
Soutenue le: 14 décembre 2010 devant la Commission d'examenJury:
Corinne Alonso, Professeur des Universités (Université de Toulouse) - Présidente
Yves Lembeye, Professeur des Universités (INP Grenoble) - Rapporteur
José Antonio Cobos, Professeur (Université de Madrid) - Rapporteur
Frédéric Hasbani, Ingénieur (STMicroelectronics, Crolles) - Encadrant
Bruno Allard, Professeur des Universités (INSA Lyon) - Directeur de thèse
Cette thèse a été préparée conjointement à STMicroelectronics Crolles et
au Laboratoire Ampère, CNRS UMR 5005, INSA Lyon
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
INSA Direction de la Recherche INSA Direction de la Recherche INSA Direction de la Recherche INSA Direction de la Recherche ---- Ecoles Doctorales Ecoles Doctorales Ecoles Doctorales Ecoles Doctorales –––– Quadriennal Quadriennal Quadriennal Quadriennal 2007200720072007----2010201020102010
SIGLE ECOLE DOCTORALE NOM ET COORDONNEES DU RESPONSABLE
CHIMIE
CHIMIE DE LYON http://sakura.cpe.fr/ED206
M. Jean Marc LANCELIN
Insa : R. GOURDON
M. Jean Marc LANCELIN Université Claude Bernard Lyon 1 Bât CPE 43 bd du 11 novembre 1918 69622 VILLEURBANNE Cedex Tél : 04.72.43 13 95 Fax : [email protected]
E.E.A.
ELECTRONIQUE, ELECTROTECHNIQUE, AUTOMATIQUE http://www.insa-lyon.fr/eea M. Alain NICOLAS
Insa : C. PLOSSU [email protected] Secrétariat : M. LABOUNE AM. 64.43 – Fax : 64.54
M. Alain NICOLAS Ecole Centrale de Lyon Bâtiment H9 36 avenue Guy de Collongue 69134 ECULLY Tél : 04.72.18 60 97 Fax : 04 78 43 37 17 [email protected] Secrétariat : M.C. HAVGOUDOUKIAN
E2M2
EVOLUTION, ECOSYSTEME, MICROBIOLOGIE, MODELISATION http://biomserv.univ-lyon1.fr/E2M2 M. Jean-Pierre FLANDROIS
Insa : H. CHARLES
M. Jean-Pierre FLANDROIS CNRS UMR 5558 Université Claude Bernard Lyon 1 Bât G. Mendel 43 bd du 11 novembre 1918 69622 VILLEURBANNE Cédex Tél : 04.26 23 59 50 Fax 04 26 23 59 49 06 07 53 89 13 [email protected]
EDISS
INTERDISCIPLINAIRE SCIENCES-SANTE Sec : Safia Boudjema M. Didier REVEL Insa : M. LAGARDE
M. Didier REVEL Hôpital Cardiologique de Lyon Bâtiment Central 28 Avenue Doyen Lépine 69500 BRON Tél : 04.72.68 49 09 Fax :04 72 35 49 16 [email protected]
INFOMATHS
INFORMATIQUE ET MATHEMATIQUES http://infomaths.univ-lyon1.fr M. Alain MILLE
Secrétariat : C. DAYEYAN
M. Alain MILLE Université Claude Bernard Lyon 1 LIRIS - INFOMATHS Bâtiment Nautibus 43 bd du 11 novembre 1918 69622 VILLEURBANNE Cedex Tél : 04.72. 44 82 94 Fax 04 72 43 13 10 [email protected] - [email protected]
Matériaux
MATERIAUX DE LYON M. Jean Marc PELLETIER
Secrétariat : C. BERNAVON 83.85
M. Jean Marc PELLETIER INSA de Lyon MATEIS Bâtiment Blaise Pascal 7 avenue Jean Capelle 69621 VILLEURBANNE Cédex Tél : 04.72.43 83 18 Fax 04 72 43 85 28 [email protected]
MEGA
MECANIQUE, ENERGETIQUE, GENIE CIVIL, ACOUSTIQUE M. Jean Louis GUYADER
Secrétariat : M. LABOUNE PM : 71.70 –Fax : 87.12
M. Jean Louis GUYADER INSA de Lyon Laboratoire de Vibrations et Acoustique Bâtiment Antoine de Saint Exupéry 25 bis avenue Jean Capelle 69621 VILLEURBANNE Cedex Tél :04.72.18.71.70 Fax : 04 72 43 72 37
ScSo
ScSo* M. OBADIA Lionel
Insa : J.Y. TOUSSAINT
M. OBADIA Lionel Université Lyon 2 86 rue Pasteur 69365 LYON Cedex 07 Tél : 04.78.69.72.76 Fax : 04.37.28.04.48 [email protected]
*ScSo : Histoire, Geographie, Aménagement, Urbanisme, Archéologie, Science politique, Sociologie, Anthropologie
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Abstract
Today's mobile communication devices include many features and deliver data with high
rates. In order to increase the life time of the battery, it is necessary to enhance each block
eciency, i.e. to provide and to design ecient power management system to deliver energy
to the dierent parts of the device. The RF power amplier (PA) that feeds the antenna is
the main power consumer on a mobile platform. The Envelope Elimination and Restoration
(EER) technique constitutes an interesting approach to increase the eciency of the RF
PA when variable-envelope modulations such as WCDMA or WLAN are used. A DC/DC
converter with a large bandwidth is then required to supply the PA with the envelope of the
RF signal.
This PhD work focuses on the design of high switching frequency DC/DC converters for
WCDMA EER. Besides the monolithic integration of the converter and the RF PA on a
single chip requires an increase of the switching frequency beyond the hundred of MHz in
order to shrink the size of passive devices. A formal design methodology is developed to
specify the converter and the main building blocks of the system. This methodology derives
the specications of the converters from those of the RF standard in terms of bandwidth
and output power. New architectures are proposed to overcome the limitation of the con-
ventional architecture and to improve the eciency of the converter. The study focuses the
light output power range. A practical use of this methodology is given through the design of
demonstrators in 0.25-µm BiCMOS and 0.13-µm CMOS SOI technologies and experimental
results are provided to validate the methology and the simulation results.
Keywords: Analog circuits design, buck converter, BiCMOS, CMOS, DC/DC conversion,
EER, PWM, WCDMA, SMPS
- v -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
- vi -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé
Les appareils de communication mobile actuels intègrent de plus en plus de fonctionnal-
ités et transmettent des données à des débits toujours plus élevés. Pour étendre la durée de
vie de la batterie, il est nécessaire de concevoir une bonne stratégie de gestion d'énergie et
d'alimentation des diérents circuits. L'amplicateur de puissance (PA) radio est le princi-
pal consommateur d'énergie. La technique de reconstruction d'enveloppe (Envelope Elim-
ination and Restoration) permet d'augmenter le rendement énergétique de l'amplicateur
de puissance lorsque les modulations à amplitude variable comme le WCDMA ou le WLAN
sont utilisées. Dans cette architecture un convertisseur DC/DC est utilisé pour alimenter
l'amplicateur radio avec l'enveloppe du signal RF.
Ce travail de thèse décrit la conception des convertisseurs à découpage DC/DC à haute
fréquence pour alimenter un PA dans le cadre de la reconstruction d'enveloppe pour le
standard WCDMA. De plus l'intégration monolithique du convertisseur et du PA impose
d'augmenter la fréquence de découpage du convertisseur pour réduire la taille des com-
posants passifs. Une méthodologie formelle est développée pour spécier le convertisseur et
ses principaux circuits. Cette méthodologie déduit les spécications du convertisseur à partir
de celles du standard RF, notamment en termes de bande passante et de puissance. De nou-
velles architectures sont proposées pour dépasser les limitations de l'architecture classique et
améliorer le rendement du convertisseur. L'application pratique de cette méthodologie est
eectuée à l'aide de démonstrateurs réalisés dans les technologies BiCMOS 0.25 µm et CMOS
0.13µm SOI. Les résultats expérimentaux obtenus permettent de valider la méthodologie et
conrment les résultats de simulation.
Mots-clés: Circuits intégrés analogiques, BiCMOS, CMOS, convertisseur DC/DC, EER,
PWM, WCDMA
- vii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
- viii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Acknowledgements
Carrying out this PhD work has been a very rich and interesting experience due in large
part to the help of many people I wish to thank here.
My thesis advisor Prof Bruno Allard has been very helpful during the project. His support
was decisive for my research activities as well as for the preparation of this manuscript and
other scientical papers. His careful reading of the manuscript allowed to nd many errors
and provided me with valuable remarks. I am also grateful for his precious advices during
the years I have been working under his supervision.
I wish to thank my supervisor at STMicroelectronics, Frédéric Hasbani for his help. This
PhD project succeeded thanks to his support and his great technical contributions.
I am grateful to Corinne Alonso for accepting to be the chairmain of the thesis evaluation
comitee and to Yves Lembeye and José Antonio Cobos for their review of the manuscript.
Thier suggestions allowed a more comprehensive presentation of the work.
Many colleagues within STMicroelectronics including Denis Pache, Alexandre Giry, Vin-
cent Pinon, Nicole Bertholet, Christian Badard and many others gave me their help and
advices during my works. I thank all.
I am grateful to my family for their unconditional help and support during my studies.
- ix -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
- x -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Remerciements
La préparation de cette thèse, pendant trois années, a été une expérience riche et intéres-
sante qui fut rendue possible grâce à l'aide précieuse de plusieurs personnes que je tiens à
remercier ici.
Je remercie mon directeur de thèse Bruno Allard pour toute l'aide apportée pendant
cette thèse. Son soutien a été constant et déterminant durant des travaux de recherche et
lors de la rédaction d'articles scientiques et du manuscrit de thèse. Ses conseils avisés ont
toujours été utiles au cours des années durant lesquelles il m'a encadré.
Mes sincères remerciements vont à mon encadrant industriel Frédéric Hasbani qui m'a
accueilli au sein de son équipe à STMicroelectronics. Ses contributions ont été décisives et
protables pour la réussite des diérents projets mis en oeuvre au cours de la thèse. Ses
grandes qualités humaines ont beaucoup contribué au succès de notre collaboration.
Je remercie Corinne Alonso d'avoir accepté de présider le jury de thèse ainsi que Yves
Lembeye et José Antonio Cobos d'avoir accepté de rapporter mes travaux. Leurs com-
mentaires sur le manuscrit de thèse ont beaucoup aidé pour une meilleure présentation
pédagogique de l'ensemble des travaux.
A STMicroelectronics, plusieurs personnes dont Denis Pache, Alexandre Giry, Vincent
Pinon, Nicole Bertholet, Christian Badard m'ont apporté aide et conseils pour la réussite de
mes projets. Je les en remercie sincèrement. La liste est longue et mes remerciements vont
à tous.
Je remercie toute ma famille dont le soutien inconditionnel a toujours été constant et
utile pendant mes études.
- xi -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
- xii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé étendu
Cette partie propose un résumé étendu du contenu du manuscrit.
This section oers an extended summary of the manuscript content in french.
Introduction
La reconstruction d'enveloppe (Fig. 1) est une technique proposée pour réduire la con-
sommation d'énergie d'un système radiofréquence. Le signal à émettre est séparé en com-
posantes de phase et d'amplitude. La composante de phase permet la commutation d'un
amplicateur de puissance RF (PA RF) polarisé en classe saturée. La reconstruction du
signal au pied de l'antenne est obtenue par l'alimentation du PA RF à l'identique de la com-
posante d'amplitude du signal à émettre. L'amplication en puissance de cette composante
d'amplitude est assurée par un régulateur de tension à découpage directement connecté à
la batterie. Les caractéristiques du signal à émettre, par exemple le standard WCDMA
donnent des contraintes fortes de bande passante de régulation au convertisseur de tension à
découpage. Celui-ci doit fonctionner à très haute fréquence de découpage: l'impact négatif
sur le rendement en énergie doit être compensé. L'objet de la thèse est de démontrer, au
sens d'un système-sur-puce, l'application EER en explorant plusieurs techniques de gain en
rendement du convertisseur DC/DC.
Le manuscrit comprend six chapitres. L'état-de-l'art est revu vis-à-vis des liens radio pour
les standards avancés et pour les convertisseurs DC/DC à très haute fréquence de découpage.
Le deuxième chapitre décrit une méthodologie formelle de conception des convertisseurs
DC/DC et de leurs blocs constitutifs. Le troisième chapitre décrit un premier démonstrateur
de convertisseur (200 MHz, 2 W) en technologie BiCMOS 0.25 µm. Le chapitre 4 décrit une
première amélioration sous la forme d'une commande rapprochée de grille, à résonance. Le
chapitre 5 revoit rapidement la problématique de l'intégration des composants passifs. Le
chapitre 6 décrit un démonstrateur de système-sur-puce ainsi que deux autres techniques
d'amélioration du rendement du convertisseur DC/DC.
- xiii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé étendu
Chapitre 1
La littérature décrit plusieurs techniques permettant d'augmenter l'écacité énergétique
de l'étage d'émission RF. On retient en particulier la technique dite d'élimination et de
restauration d'enveloppe (EER). Les principales caractéristiques à retenir pour les princi-
paux standards sont reportées dans le tableau 1.1; ces caractéristiques sont les principales
contraintes du convertisseur DC/DC, objet de l'étude. Les meilleurs résultats en terme de
transmetteurs radiofréquence sont mis en perspective dans le tableau 1.2. L'état-de-l'art est
ensuite utilisé pour justier l'architecture du convertisseur DC/DC haute fréquence retenue
pour la suite. Le tableau 1.3 résume les principaux résultats établis pour de tels convertis-
seurs.
Chapitre 2
Une méthodologie de conception de convertisseurs DC/DC à haute fréquence de dé-
coupage est proposée dans ce chapitre. Elle consiste à dériver les spécications du conver-
tisseur DC/DC et de ses blocs principaux de celles du standard radio. Ainsi la puissance
fournie par le convertisseur DC/DC et l'impédance de charge sont obtenues à partir de la
puissance radio émisse par l'antenne et le rendement du convertisseur (éq. 2.1 et 2.4). Les
spécications pour les standards CDMA200, WCDMA et IEEE 802.11g WLAN sont réportés
dans le tableau 2.1.
Le choix de la fréquence de commutation et de la caractéristique fréquentielle du conver-
tisseur en boucle fermée se fait en prenant en compte leur impact sur le spectre du signal
radio émis. Les valeurs proposées pour les trois standards précédents sont indiquées dans le
tableau 2.2 et sont plus optimales que celles fournies par une méthode empirique.
Le comportement fréquentiel du controleur est dérivé de la bande passante de régulation
exigée tandis que la taille des transistors de l'étage de puissance est dérivée du courant
maximal fourni. L'optimisation de la taille ainsi que la commande de l'étage sont des points
importants pour optimiser le rendement du convertisseur DC/DC. Pour cela, outre l'éq. 2.21
qui donne la largeur optimale des transistors de puissance, un contrôle adaptatif du temps-
mort est proposé an de réduire les pertes d'énergie dûe à la conduction de la body-diode du
transistor synchrone.
L'analyse du rendement théorique du convertisseur est éectuée à partir d'une modélisa-
tion de l'ensemble des pertes d'énergie intrinsèques au convertisseur (éqs. 2.33, 2.34 et 2.36).
Cette analyse permet d'estimer en particulier le rendement maximal atteignable compte-tenu
de la puissance mise en jeu et de la technoologie utilisée (éq. 2.37). Elle conrme également
l'avantage des noeuds technologiques CMOS submicroniques sur les technologies CMOS de
plus grande géométrie.
- xiv -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé étendu
Chapitre 3
La méthodologie formelle développée au chapitre 2 est appliquée pour concevoir et réaliser
un convertisseur DC/DC en technology BiCMOS 0.25 µm dans le cadre de la reconstruction
d'envelope avec le standard WCDMA.
Les diérentes parties du contrôleur et de l'étage de puissance sont conçues pour répon-
dre aux spécications indiquées dans le tableau 3.1. Une fréquence de découpage élévée
(200 MHz) a été choisie an de réduire la taille des composants passifs. Les transistors de
puissance sont réalisés avec des transistors à Extension de drain (NLDEMOS) capables de
supporter une tension batterie (5 V max.).
Le layout et l'assemblage sont éectués en minimisant les éléments parasites, notamment
les résistances des lignes d'interconnection qui peuvent abaisser le rendement.
Le circuit ainsi réalisé (Fig. 3.24) est testé en substituant une résistance de 5.6 Ω sur le
PCB à l'amplicateur de puissance. L'analyse du rendement mesuré indique un bon accord
avec les résultats de simulation.
Le rendement à faible charge est fortement inuencé par les pertes d'énergie par com-
mutation qui sont proportionnelles à la fréquence de découpage. Il est donc important de
mettre en oeuvre des techniques pour compenser cette réduction du rendement à faible charge
lorsqu'on veut travailler avec des fréquences de découpage élevées.
Chapitre 4
Une structure de driver appélé driver résonnant (Fig. 4.3) est proposée an de réduire
les pertes d'énergie par commutation dans l'étage de puissance et de compenser la baisse
de rendement à faible charge. L'approche utilisée consiste à eectuer la commutation de
la grille des transistors par l'intermédiaire d'un circuit LC, puis de restituer à la source
d'alimentation l'énergie stockée dans l'inductance et dans la capacité de grille. Comparé à
un driver conventionnel, le driver résonnant permet d'économiser en partie l'énergie utilisée
pour la commutation de l'étage de puissance. Toutefois sa conception exige une prise en
compte de ses propres pertes d'énergie qui sont répertoriées dans le tableau 4.1. Un modèle
décrit par l'éq. 4.7 est établi an d'estimer la réduction des pertes par commutation obtenue
avec le driver résonnant comparé à un driver conventionnel.
Un démonstrateur (Fig. 4.16) est réalisé en technologie BiCMOS 0.25 µm avec, un
convertisseur DC/DC standard et un convertisseur DC/DC utilisant le driver résonnant,
pour valider le modèle et prouver l'intérêt du driver résonnant. Les résultats de mesure
concordent bien avec ceux de la simulation et les predictions du modèle théorique.
- xv -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé étendu
Chapitre 5
Les composants passifs occupent une place importante dans la performance des conver-
tisseurs DC/DC à découpage. Leur intégration dans le même boitier que la partie active
du convertisseur constitue un des objectifs majeurs pour la réalisation de systèmes ecaces
de gestion d'énergie. Ce chapitre explore quelques techniques utilisées dans la littérature
pour réaliser des inductances et des capacités de forte densité, bien que la fabrication de
composants passifs ne fasse pas partie des objectifs de la thèse.
Les contraintes sur les composants passifs utilisés dans le ltre de sortie du convertis-
seur DC/DC sont d'abord présentés ainsi que l'impact de leurs éléments parasites. Pour
l'inductance cela concerne notamment sa resistance série qui peut contribuer à abaisser sig-
nicativement le rendement du convertisseur. Ensuite quelques techniques permettant de
réaliser une inductance avec un noyau magnétique sont présentées avec des prototypes réal-
isés.
La conception de capacités 3D est présentée dans la deuxième partie du chapitre. Des
densités élevées sont réportées dans les travaux citées et permettent la fabrication de capac-
ités de fortes valeurs. Les éléments sont cependant assez importants comparés à ceux d'une
capacité discrète et limitent la plage d'utilisation en fréquence.
Chapitre 6
Deux techniques sont proposées dans ce chapitre pour améliorer le rendement du conver-
tisseur DC/DC à haute fréquence de découpage: l'abaissement de la tension d'alimentation
des drivers et l'ajustement dynamique de la taille des transistors de puissance suivant la
puissance de sortie. La combinaison de ces deux techniques permet de réduire davantage les
pertes d'énergie par commutation lorsque la puissance de sortie devient faible.
Le chapitre décrit les circuits mis en oeuvre pour réaliser cet ajustement dynamique
ainsi qu'une nouvelle implémentation du contrôle adaptatif de temps-mort. Des régulateurs
linéarires sont également réalisés an d'alimenter le contrôleur et les drivers à partir de la
tension de batterie.
L'ensemble est réalisé en technologie 0.13-µm CMOS SOI avec un amplicateur de puis-
sance RF WLAN. Les résultats des mesures, en cours, ne sont pas disponibles à la date de
soumission de ce manuscrit.
Conclusion
Ce travail présente une méthodologie pour la spécication et la réalisation d'un convertis-
seur DC/DC HF pour la reconstruction d'enveloppe. De nouvelles techniques sont proposées
- xvi -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé étendu
an d'améliorer les performances du convertisseur. Ces techniques sont ensuite validées à
l'aide de démonstrateur réalisés et testés.
L'approche suivie, notamment pour l'amélioration du rendement peut servir dans d'autres
types d'application de gestion d'énergie comme le Dynamic Voltage Scaling (DVS) pour
réduire la consommation d'énergie des circuits numériques.
Une étude des problèmes de compatibilité électromagnétique peut justement compléter
ce travail.
- xvii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Résumé étendu
- xviii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Contents
Abstract v
Résumé vii
Acknowledgements ix
Remerciements xi
Résumé étendu xiii
List of gures xxix
List of tables xxxi
Glossary xxxiii
Introduction 1
1 State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters 5
1.1 Wideband radio transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.1.1 Digital modulation of RF signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.1.2 Architectures of radio transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.1.2.1 Typical radio transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.1.2.2 Doherty power amplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1.2.3 Envelope tracking (ET) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.1.2.4 Envelope Elimination and Restoration (EER) . . . . . . . . 8
1.1.2.5 Supply modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.1.2.6 Multiple standard capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.1.2.7 Conclusion of the state-of-the-art of wideband transmitters . 11
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2.1 Types of DC/DC converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2.1.1 Linear regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.2.1.2 Switched-capacitor converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
- xix -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
CONTENTS
1.2.1.3 Inductive SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2.2 Principle of operation of a buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.2.2.1 Spurious emission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.2.2.2 Power loss mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.2.3 Architectures of high frequency buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.3.1 Multiphase interleaved buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.2.3.2 Cascode power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.2.4 Control method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.4.1 Feedback loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.2.4.2 Power stage switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2.5 Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.2.6 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2 Design methodology 23
2.1 Specications of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.1.1 Power specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.1.1.1 Output voltage and load current ranges . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.1.2 Control loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.1.2.1 Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.1.2.2 Switching frequency selection method . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.1.2.3 High frequency PWM noise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
2.2 Circuit optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.1 Controller and output lter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.1.1 Linear model of the buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.2.1.2 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.2.2 Power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.2.2.1 Power switches size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2.2.2.2 Power switches drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.2.3 Impact of the increase of switching frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.2.3.1 Impact of the increase of switching frequency on the control
circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.2.3.2 Impact of the increase of switching frequency on the power
stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
2.2.4 Adaptive dead-time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.2.4.1 Optimization of dead-time td2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.2.4.2 Optimization of dead-time td1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.2.4.3 Power transistors control signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.2.5 Eciency analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
2.3 Methodology summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
- xx -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
CONTENTS
3 Design of the SMPS in CMOS 45
3.1 Preliminary optimization for WCDMA standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.2 Control circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2.1 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2.1.1 Operational amplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.2.1.2 Stability analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.2.2 Pulse width modulator (PWM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.2.2.1 Ramp signal generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.2.2.2 Comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.3 Dead-time controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.4 Power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.4.1 Power transistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.4.2 Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.4.3 Boostrap supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.4.4 Voltage level-shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.5 Assembling and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.5.1 Blocks placement and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.5.2 Ground planes connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.5.3 Decoupling method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.5.4 ESD protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.6 Top-level simulation results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.6.1 Eciency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.6.2 Frequency response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.6.3 Duty cycle and output voltage range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.7 Measurements results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.7.1 Measurements setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.7.2 Steady-state measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.7.3 Dynamic measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.7.4 Reference tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.7.5 Measured eciency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.7.5.1 Eciency variation with battery voltage . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.7.5.2 Power dissipation breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.7.6 Parasitics extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.7.6.1 Resistance extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.7.6.2 Capacitance extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.8 Discussion and conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.8.1 Eciency improvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.8.2 Comparison with previous works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
- xxi -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
CONTENTS
4 Resonant gate drivers 79
4.1 Fundamentals of the resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.1.1 State-of-the-art . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.1.2 Principle of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.2 Design of the resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.2.1 Modeling of the power losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.2.2 Comparison with a conventional driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.2.3 Duty range and switching frequency limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.3.1 Optimization of the resonant inductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.3.2 Control of the switches of the driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.3.3 Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.3.3.1 Layout of the resonant inductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.3.3.2 Assembly of the buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.3.4 Simulation results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.3.4.1 Relative eciency of the resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . 92
4.3.4.2 Output voltage range and regulation bandwidth . . . . . . . 92
4.4 Experimental results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.4.1 Steady-state measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.4.2 Dynamic measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.4.3 Eciency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.5 Discussion and conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5 Integrated passive devices for power management systems 99
5.1 State-of-the-art of integrated inductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.1.1 Requirements on the output inductor in a HF DC/DC converter . . . 100
5.1.2 Integrated inductors with a magnetic core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.1.2.1 Fabrication of magnetic cores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.1.2.2 Parasitic eects in integrated inductors with a magnetic core 104
5.1.3 Comparison of dierent techniques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.2 State-of-the-art of integrated capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.2.1 Trench capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
5.2.2 Electrical performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6 Improvement of the eciency at low output power 109
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.2 Design of the control of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.2.1 Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
- xxii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
CONTENTS
6.2.2 PWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.3 Design of the power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.3.1 Low voltage swing operation of the drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.3.2 Dynamic sizing of the power transistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
6.3.2.1 Combination with the resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.3.2.2 Design of the dynamic sizing controller . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.3.3 Drivers and power transistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
6.3.4 Digital dead-time controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.3.4.1 Discretization of the delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6.3.4.2 Circuit design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6.4 Internal power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.4.1 LDO for low power circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6.4.2 LDOs for drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.5 Simulation results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.5.1 Transient performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
6.5.1.1 Dynamic width sizing of the power transistors . . . . . . . . 122
6.5.1.2 Adaptive dead-time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
6.5.2 Eciency analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6.6 Assembling and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.7 Experimental results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.7.1 Steady-state measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.7.2 Dynamic measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.7.3 Reference tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.7.4 Experimental eciency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
6.8 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Conclusion 135
Bibliography 139
List of publications 145
- xxiii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
CONTENTS
- xxiv -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
List of Figures
1 Envelope Elimination and Restoration (EER) diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1 A typical radio transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.2 Doherty power amplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3 Envelope tracking PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.4 EER transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.5 Digital PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.6 Linear drop-out regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.7 Switched-capacitor DC/DC converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.8 Buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.9 Typical waveforms of a buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
1.10 Buck converter with parasitic components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.11 Multiphase interleaved buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
1.12 Buck converter with cascode power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.13 Digital PWM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.14 3D-stack of active and passive dies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.1 CDMA probability density function (PDF) in urban and suburban areas, and
class-E PA eciency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2 WCDMA envelope in time domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.3 Closed-loop buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.4 WCDMA envelope and RF spectra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.5 WLAN RF spectrum for modulator bandwidth f 0 equal to one, two and four
times the channel bandwidth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.6 PWM spectrum for single tone modulation at 200 MHz switching frequency 29
2.7 Linear model of the buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.8 Pulse width modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
2.9 Poles and zeros placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.10 Bode diagram of the controller, the open-loop and the closed-loop transfer
function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
2.11 Nyquist diagram of the open-loop transfer function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
- xxv -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
LIST OF FIGURES
2.12 Ohmic, switching and total power losses variation with the width . . . . . . 36
2.13 Gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
2.14 Power dissipation due to the dead-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
2.15 Variation of the discharge time of CLX with load current . . . . . . . . . . . 39
2.16 Contribution of the body diode conduction losses as a function of switching
frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
2.17 Dead-time control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
2.18 CMOS technologies eciency comparison for Vout=1 V and Iout=500 mA . 43
2.19 Eciency drop due to switching frequency increase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.1 Block-diagram of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2 PID controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.3 Bode diagram of the operational amplier and the actual controller . . . . . 48
3.4 Folded-cascode amplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.5 Linear model used for the stability analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.6 Open-loop transfer function of the main loop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.7 Nyquist diagram of the open-loop transfer function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.8 Ramp generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.9 PWM comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.10 Delay cell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.11 Transconductance amplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.12 Cross section view of a NLDEMOS designed in ST 's 0.25-µm BiCMOS . . . 54
3.13 Boostrap supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.14 Schematic of the voltage level-shifter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.15 Layout of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.16 Ground planes connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.17 Simulation of the internal supply voltage spikes without an on-chip decoupling 59
3.18 Decoupling network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.19 Simulation with layout and PCB parasitic eects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.20 Simulated eciency of the buck converter for a 6 Ω load resistance and
Vbat=3.6 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.21 Simulated frequency response of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.22 WCDMA envelope tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.23 Simulated output voltage range without pulse-skipping (Vout is top and Vref
is bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.24 Measurements board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.25 Input clock (200 MHz) and resulting LX voltage in open-loop condition . . . 68
3.26 Measured output voltage range using a 1 kHz sawtooth reference voltage . . 68
3.27 Reduction of the dead-time with the implemented control . . . . . . . . . . . 69
- xxvi -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
LIST OF FIGURES
3.28 Output voltage for a 2 MHz sine reference signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.29 Spectrum of the output voltage for a 2 MHz and 411 mVpp sine voltage . . . 70
3.30 Comparison of measured and simulated eciencies (Vbat=3.6 V) . . . . . . 72
3.31 Corrected eciency for dierent battery voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.32 Breakdown of the total power loss (Ploss) of the SMPS with Vbat=3.6 V . . 73
3.33 Test bench designed for parasitic resistance extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.34 Variation of gate drive losses vs. the switching frequency . . . . . . . . . . . 75
4.1 Charge and discharge of a gate equivalent capacitance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
4.2 Resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.3 Proposed resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
4.4 Waveforms of the proposed resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
4.5 Conduction diagram of driver's components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.6 Relative eciency of the resonant gate driver vs. the conventional driver . . 86
4.7 Relative eciency of the resonant gate driver vs. the switching frequency . . 87
4.8 Rise/fall time of the gate voltage of the power transistor . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.9 Eciency and gate voltage rise/fall time for 17 pF of gate capacitance . . . . 89
4.10 Control signals of M1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
4.11 Resonant inductor with shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.12 Layout of the buck converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.13 Switching losses and the reduction due to resonant gate drivers . . . . . . . . 92
4.14 Simulated eciencies comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.15 A 4-MHz sine-wave reference tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
4.16 Microphotograph of the test-chip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.17 Overshoot on the output voltage of the power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.18 Dead-time obtained at both transitions of LX voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.19 Dead-time in low output current condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
4.20 Switching losses comparison at low to medium output power for Vbat=3.6 V 97
4.21 Eciency comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
5.1 Surface-mounted devices (SMD) used in power management . . . . . . . . . 100
5.2 A simple model of inductor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
5.3 Breakdown of the power losses for a 200 MHz SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
5.4 SiP approach to assembly active and passive chips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.5 Micro-inductor with a magnetic core from Tyndall Lab. . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.6 Sandwiched magnetic core inductor (Credit: B. Orlando [1]) . . . . . . . . . 103
5.7 Process steps for the fabrication of the inductor with a YIG core (Credit:
Martin[2]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
5.8 A generic design-ow for trench capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
- xxvii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
LIST OF FIGURES
5.9 Trench capacitor in PICS technology (Credit: NXP[3]) . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.10 PICS capacitor with 3 MIM layers: dielectric and electrode stack (a), the
multilayer capacitor (b) (Credit: Klootwijk[4]) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
6.1 Controller circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.2 PWM comparator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.3 Channel resistance of a NLDEMOS as a function of gate-source voltage with
W=7 mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6.4 Multiple transistors forming a single power device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
6.5 Simulated eciency of a conventional SMPS and a dynamic width sizing
SMPS (Vbat=3.6 V and Rload=6 Ω) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
6.6 Schematic of the dynamic width sizing controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
6.7 Hysteresis and voltage shift of the dynamic width sizing controller . . . . . . 116
6.8 Relative eciency and rise/fall time of the resonant gate driver for a gate
capacitance of 8.5 pF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
6.9 Discharge time of the capacitance at the LX node as a function of the output
current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
6.10 Block diagram of the dead-time controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.11 Dead-time selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6.12 Delay cell of the dead-time controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
6.13 Single LDO for on-chip power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
6.14 Multiple LDOs for a separate supply of analog and digital circuits . . . . . . 120
6.15 LDO used for the power supply of analog and low power digital circuits . . . 121
6.16 The two LDOs designed for the supply of the drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
6.17 Block-diagram of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
6.18 Width selection signal variation with the output voltage of the converter . . 123
6.19 Variation of the dead-time with the output voltage and the control signals of
the power transistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
6.20 Simulated eciency of the converter without the dynamic width sizing and
with the dynamic width sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.21 Simulated eciency of the SMPS and an LDO for Vbat=3.6 V and RPA=6 Ω 125
6.22 Layout and oor plan of the test-chip (the SMPS with a RF PA) . . . . . . . 127
6.23 Test board and chip microphotograph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
6.24 LX node voltage for Vbat=3.6 V (200 MHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
6.25 Dynamic sizing of the size of the power stage: control signal vs. the output
voltage at 100 kHz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
6.26 Adaptive dead-time: dead-time selection signals vs. output voltage . . . . . 129
6.27 Measured dead-times at dierent output voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
6.28 Reference tracking at dierent input signal frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
- xxviii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
LIST OF FIGURES
6.29 Comparison of measured eciency and input current from the battery vs.
simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
- xxix -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
LIST OF FIGURES
- xxx -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
List of Tables
1.1 Power and bandwidth requirements of modern standards . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2 Wideband radio transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.3 Recent works on HF DC/DC converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
2.1 PA equivalent resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
2.2 Optimum switching frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.1 Buck converter specications for WCDMA standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.2 Performance summary of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.3 Comparison with previous works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
4.1 Resonant gate driver's power dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4.2 Logic equations and size of switches M1-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.3 Performance summary of the buck converter using resonant gate drivers . . . 98
5.1 Comparison of integrated power inductors with a discrete inductor . . . . . . 106
- xxxi -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
LIST OF TABLES
- xxxii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Glossary
ASK Amplitude Shift Keying
EDGE Enhanced Data Rate for GSM Evolution
EER Envelope Elimination and Restoration
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
ET Envelope Tracking
EVM Error Vector Magnitude
FSK Frequency Shift Keying
GBW Gain Bandwidth product
GSM Global System for Mobile communication
LDO Linear Drop-Out regulator
MIM Metal Insulator Metal capacitor
OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex
PAPR Peak to Average Power Ratio
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PFM Pulse Frequency Modulation
PID Proportional Integral Derivative
PSK Phase Shift Keying
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation
SiP System-in-Package
SMPS Switched-Mode Power Supply
SoC System-on-Chip
WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
- xxxiii -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Glossary
- xxxiv -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Introduction
Portable devices take a more and more important position in our daily life. From mobile
phones to smart phones or MP3 players they constitute a great market for the semiconductor
industry. The interest of the public is motivated by the great number of functions available
on these devices and also by their smaller and smaller sizes. The integration of multiple
chips in small device size is possible thanks to the shrink of the CMOS technology nodes.
The radiofrequency communication as one main function of the mobile handsets, is con-
tinuously improving from the basic voice communication to the high data rate services like
the TV reception. The communication standards have evolved from earlier generations
(GSM) to the 3rd (UMTS) and 4th (WiMAX) generations and oer now more data rates.
On the motherboard of a mobile handset a large number of transmission and reception chains
corresponding to the various standards exist together like the GSM-EDGE, the WCDMA,
the Bluetooth, the WiFi, etc. The appropriate operation of these multiple communication
standards is handled by high performance Digital Signal Processors (DSP) and microproces-
sors.
The challenge of energy management
The increasing number of chipsets and functions of a mobile phone yields an increasing
power consumption. Yet the only energy source is still the battery. More energy consumption
requires a larger battery volume what does not cope with the policy of phone makers because
the battery represents already a great part of the size and weight of the mobile phone.
Indeed a thin prole is one of the attractiveness of mobile phones among the consumers. A
larger battery duration, i.e. the autonomy, constitutes another key commercial point. The
additional eects of smaller energy reserve and higher consumption require a very ecient
energy management in order to achieve a long battery lifetime.
The RF power amplier (PA) that supplies the antenna is one of the most energy con-
suming circuit of the mobile phone. Although the power radiated by the antenna is usually
tiny, the energy delivery process wastes a great amount of energy that is dissipated within
the mobile phone. The linearity required for a low signal distortion increases the power
consumption of the PA. This issue becomes harder to handle with new communication stan-
dards that apply amplitude and phase modulations for the information transmission. This
- 1 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Introduction
Fig. 1. Envelope Elimination and Restoration (EER) diagram
double modulation leads to a complex RF signal with a variable amplitude. In a conven-
tional PA architecture a great linearity is needed with such signals and results in a poor
power eciency.
The Envelope Elimination and Restoration (EER) is a transmitter architecture proposed
by Kahn1 to improve the eciency of the RF PA. The basic idea is the decomposition
of a complex signal into its polar components, i.e. amplitude and phase (Fig. 1). The
constant amplitude only phase-modulated signal, is amplied by a highly ecient saturated
PA (classes C, D, E, ...). The narrow bandwidth envelope is restored through the supply
voltage of the PA by a DC/DC converter.
The DC/DC converter used in this architecture is the step-down or buck converter. It is
a Switched-Mode Power Supply (SMPS) that can achieve a very large power eciency. One
of its constraints in EER application is the bandwidth required by the envelope signal, which
can range from hundreds of kHz for a small bandwidth modulation like the EDGE to more
than 10 MHz for wideband modulations like the WCDMA. A large bandwidth signal requires
a high switching frequency for the DC/DC converter that impacts its power eciency.
The aim of this work is to design a DC/DC converter as the power supply of the RF
power amplier in EER application for the WCDMA standard. The LC lter at the output
of the DC/DC converter usually takes an important place and so far is usually designed
with discrete components on the printed circuit board (PCB). One of the objectives of this
thesis is to decrease the required size of these passive devices to allow their integration with
the active components of the DC/DC converter in a System-on-Chip (SoC) or a System-in-
Package (SiP) conguration. The approach adopted is to increase the switching frequency
of the DC/DC converter in order to decrease the required values for the lter inductance
and capacitance. A high switching frequency is necessary to achieve the required regulation
bandwidth of the DC/DC converter with respect to WCDMA standard. For a given CMOS
technology, the eciency of the converter drops when the switching frequency increases.
New techniques are introduced to improve the eciency while taking prot of the advantage
of a high switching frequency.
1L. R. Kahn, Single-Sideband Transmission by Envelope Elimination and Restoration, Proc. IRE, pp.803-806, July 1952.
- 2 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Introduction
The manuscript is structured as follow:
The rst chapter reviews the stat-of-the-art of wideband transmitters and high fre-
quency DC/DC converters.
The second chapter presents the formal design methodology developed during this
thesis for the specications of the DC/DC converter and its building blocks.
A practical use of the methodology is provided in the third chapter with the design of a
high frequency DC/DC converter for the WCDMA standard in the 0.25-µm BiCMOS
technology. The experimental results are also included in this chapter. The 0.25-µm
BiCMOS technology is suitable for RF PA but shows a limitation in eciency for HF
DC/DC converters. A challenge in this work is to prove that the theoretical peak
eciency is obtained.
In the fourth chapter a resonant gate driver is proposed to improve the eciency of
the converter at medium output power by reducing the switching losses.
The fth chapter is a short introduction to the state-of-the-art of integrated passive
components.
Further eciency improvement techniques like the power MOSFET dynamic sizing are
presented in the sixth chapter with the design of another DC/DC converter in 0.13-µm
CMOS SOI technology.
Finally in the last chapter a conclusion summarizes the contribution of this work and
provides perspectives with respect to further improvements of the integration of high
frequency DC/DC converters.
- 3 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Introduction
- 4 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1
State-of-the-art of wideband radio
transmitters and DC/DC converters
Overview
1.1 Wideband radio transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
This chapter explores the state-of-the of wideband radio transmitters and the key part of
the EER architecture that constitutes the matter of this thesis, the DC/DC converters. The
rst section deals with wideband transmitters and the second deals section with the high
frequency DC/DC converters. Each section starts with an introduction describing the main
features, followed by an analysis of the solutions proposed in the litterature. By the end of
the chapter the reader is introduced to our architecture choice for the DC/DC converters
designed during this thesis.
1.1 Wideband radio transmitters
The radio transmitter on a mobile platform is part of a chain going from the digital
signal processor to the antenna. Its aim is to provide the antenna with adequate RF power to
communicate with other terminals. In this section various architectures are briey introduced
with a short description of their characteristics.
1.1.1 Digital modulation of RF signals
Modern transmitters use a digital scheme to modulate the RF carrier's amplitude (ASK),
frequency (FSK) or phase (PSK). According to the standard, one or more modulations are
used together in order to provide specic features to the signal. While rst generations
applied only phase modulation, leading to a constant signal amplitude, the third (3G) and
- 5 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
fourth (4G) use both amplitude and phase modulations to increase the data rate and hence
access or deliver more data.
Throughout the evolution of standards not only the modulation format changes but also
the average RF power delivered to the antenna, decreasing for high data rate standards
compared to low data rate ones. In the same time, the peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR)
greatly increases in variable amplitude modulations, making the design of the power amplier
(PA) more complex. Indeed the large output power dynamics requires the transmitter to
be functional and ecient over a wide power range. While operating at an average output
power, the PA should be able to deliver peak power which may be 10 dB higher, without
signicant signal distortion.
One metric of signal dis torsion is the Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) which is the
distance of the received symbols to the ideal constellation nodes. Another consequence of
signal distortion is power leakage in neighbour channels dedicated to other transmissions. As
it cannot be avoided, there are thresholds dened by the Adjacent Channel Leakage Ratio
(ALCR).
1.1.2 Architectures of radio transmitters
From the beginning of radio communication to nowadays, the architecture of radio trans-
mitter followed the evolution of standards, the technology and the specications of handsets.
The primary objective in designing a radio transmitter is to ensure functionality what means
a correct signal transmission. Then comes the eciency which is a metric to compare the
radiated microwave energy to the transmitter energy consumption.
A signal is always transmitted with some corruption that may prevent its correct decoding
by the receiver. Every standard assumes that condition and xes a maximum distortion
rate that can occurs to a signal. Regarding RF signals, one source of distortion is the
power amplier of the transmitter. Thus working with a low distortion PA is critical in
communication but most of the time low distortion is obtained with the penalty of an
overhead in power consumption. The design of an ecient radio transmitter is a trade-o
between signal integrity and energy saving.
1.1.2.1 Typical radio transmitters
They amplify the RF modulated signal through a linear power amplier (classes A and
AB), according to the typical diagram in Fig. 1.1. As the dynamic range of the input
signal increases, so does the static consumption of the PA to accommodate the linearity
requirement, consequently the eciency drops.
A saturated PA (class D or E) can be used to raise the eciency but any information
on the input signal amplitude is lost. In standards using constant-envelope modulation like
GSM or Bluetooth this may be a way to enhance the eciency.
- 6 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.1 Wideband radio transmitters
Fig. 1.1. A typical radio transmitter
Fig. 1.2. Doherty power amplier
The complex variable envelope digital modulations used in today communication systems
necessitate class-AB PAs that are inecient because they work far below the supply voltage.
In order to address such signals, various architectures are used in the state-of-the-art. Their
aim is to achieve a large eciency with an acceptable signal distortion.
1.1.2.2 Doherty power amplier
Depicted in Fig. 1.2, it combines two PAs to amplify the input signal over the whole
dynamics. The carrier amplier (class B) is optimized for low-to-average output power while
the peak amplier (class C) is optimized for peak power. PAs are biased with reasonable
power consumption and the overall eciency improvement is substantial. This is a simple
trade-o between linearity and eciency: the achievable eciency is still that of a linear
class PA and is thus below that of a switched-class PA.
1.1.2.3 Envelope tracking (ET)
Sometimes called power tracking, it is a technique that adjust the supply voltage of a
linear PA according to the amplitude of the input signal so the ratio between the amplitude
of the output voltage and supply voltage, which scales directly the eciency, comes close to
1. The eciency is close to the maximum achievable by the PA. However a margin between
the output amplitude and the supply voltage is necessary to keep the amplier in linear
- 7 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
Fig. 1.3. Envelope tracking PA
operation (Fig. 1.3). ET is widely employed as a way to achieve good eciency with a
linear PA. An implementation is provided in [5] that applies ET to a Doherty amplier for
further eciency enhancement.
1.1.2.4 Envelope Elimination and Restoration (EER)
EER or Kahn-technique is based on the decomposition of an RF signal into its polar
coordinates, according to eq. 1.1:
S(t) = I(t) cos (ωRF t) +Q(t) sin (ωRF t) = A(t) cos (ωRF t+ ϕ(t)) (1.1)
A (t) =√I2 (t) +Q2 (t)
ϕ (t) = arctan[Q(t)I(t)
] (1.2)
The DSP block provides both cartesian (I and Q) and polar (A and ϕ) coordinates,
according to eq. 1.2. The narrow-band envelope A(t) is amplied through a highly ecient
modulator and applied as the supply voltage of the RF PA; the input of the PA is fed with
the constant-amplitude phase modulated RF signal. Since the envelope of the input signal
does not carry information, the RF PA does not need to be linear; therefore a saturated class
PA can be used to attain higher eciency. The envelope is restored at the output thanks to
the mixer-like behavior of the PA (Fig. 1.4).
Compared to ET, the power dissipation due to the necessary margin between supply
voltage and the PA maximum output voltage is eliminated; besides the PAs commonly used
in EER belong to class-E which are more ecient than class-AB PAs of ET. The theoretical
eciency is 100%, according to [6], when a SMPS is used as the supply modulator instead
of a Linear Drop-Out regulator (LDO).
However according to the actual implementation, the performance varies widely from
the theory. For example the peak eciency of the best SMPS is around 90-95% while
the practical maximum eciency of class-E PA is 70-80%. The overall eciency of the
- 8 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.1 Wideband radio transmitters
Fig. 1.4. EER transmitter
transmitter is computed as follow:
ηtrans = ηsm · ηPA (1.3)
where ηsm and ηPA are the eciency of the supply modulator and the RF PA, respectively.
Thus a transmitter eciency of 63% is achieved when using a supply modulator and a PA
of 90 and 70% eciency respectively. The eciency enhancement obtained with this tech-
nique is high because typical commercial RF transmitters exhibits peak eciencies around
30%.
1.1.2.5 Supply modulator
In recent past years, dierent implementations of the supply modulator have been exper-
imented. The aim is to provide high eciency over the output power range while fullling
the requirement in bandwidth (Tab. 1.1). The best suited voltage regulator to handle such
bandwidth would be the linear drop-out regulators (LDO), but they exhibit poor eciency
at large back-o1 where the mobile handsets operate most of the time. In [7] an LDO is used
in series conguration with a SMPS which brings the supply of the LDO close to the output
envelope voltage. The resulting eciency is higher than with a stand-alone LDO but the
large output lter is not an asset for integration. The series conguration is also proposed
in [8] for an EER base-station where a multi-level is used to supply an LDO. Although the
eciency is improved compared to a LDO in low power condition, the peak eciency is not
very high for a discrete power management system.
Recent works [9, 10, 11, 12, 13] focus on combining a linear class-AB amplier with
a SMPS in master/slave conguration where the linear amplier controls the SMPS. In
this modular architecture, the low frequency components of the load (RF PA) current are
provided by the SMPS while the linear amplier takes care of the high frequency ones and
also compensates for the ripple current from the SMPS. The eciency can be raised when the
SMPS has enough bandwidth to provide most of the load current. The linear amplier still
1the back-o is dened as the ratio of battery voltage to the peak envelope voltage
- 9 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
Fig. 1.5. Digital PA
Standards Modulation Channel PAPR Max. Pout
bandwidth BW0 (MHz) (dB) (dBm)
EDGDE 8-PSK 0.27 3.2 30
CDMA2000 QPSK/BPSK 1.25 4-9 28
8-PSK/16-QAM
WCDMA QPSK 3.84 3.5-7 24
IEEE 802.11g WLAN QPSK/BPSK 20 10 17
64-QAM/OFDM
Tab. 1.1. Power and bandwidth requirements of modern standards
needs to compensate for the ripple current of the SMPS, leading to extra power dissipation.
In contrast to the previous multi-circuit architectures, a single DC/DC converter can be
used as the supply modulator. A demonstrator designed for WCDMA has been proposed in
[14] and achieved 15 MHz bandwidth. No equivalent circuit exists in the state-of-the-art for
a higher channel bandwidth modulation like OFDM because for a switched-mode DC/DC
converter, the bandwidth comes at expense of power dissipation which limits the practical
use of these converters in modulating a wideband envelope signal. This issue will be detailed
further when we discuss the design of DC/DC converter in section 1.2.
An alternative to large bandwidth supply modulator, is the so-called digital PA (DPA)
which performs envelope reconstruction dierently. Indeed the input signal envelope is
tracked by an ADC that controls an array of linear PA [15]. The output signal enve-
lope is modulated when some units PA, working as controlled-current source, are switched
on or o (Fig. 1.5). The main advantage of this architecture is to be multi-standard as the
array of PA may be recongured, but the eciency will be less than that of the architecture
using a supply-modulated class-E PA.
- 10 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.1 Wideband radio transmitters
Work Topology Process Standard BW Pout E. PAE
(MHz) (dBm) mod.(%) (%)
[5] Doherty ET 0.13-µm CMOS 5-MHz WiMAX - 24.22 - 38.6
2-µm HBT GaAs
[9] Hybrid 0.35-µm CMOS EDGE >10 33.52 88.3 -
[11] Hybrid 65-nm IEEE 802.11g 285 22.7 87.5 -
CMOS WLAN
[12] Hybrid 0.13-µm CMOS EDGE - 27.8 84 45.3
2-µm HBT GaAs WCDMA - 29 84 46
5-MHz WiMAX - 23.9 75 34.3
[13] Hybrid 0.35-µm CMOS WCDMA - 33 89 -
[14] EER 0.25-µm BiCMOS WCDMA 15 27 83 49
[16] Digital 0.13-µm EDGE - 21.7 - 38
SOI CMOS WCDMA - 21.7 - 38
5-MHz WiMAX - 15.3 - 22
Tab. 1.2. Wideband radio transmitters
1.1.2.6 Multiple standard capability
It is often desired that a radio transmitter designed for a specic standard be able to
address another one. In that way evolutions in communication may occur without leading
to frequent change of terminal . The discrepancies in output power, EVM, ACLR, etc.,
make it hard for a single radio to operate eciently with multiple standards, even with some
trimmings. This is why there are few examples of multiple standard radios. In [12] a polar
transmitter for EDGE, WCDMA and 5-MHz WiMAX is proposed. In this case, the output
power does not change much from one standard to another and the bandwidths of the latter
two standards are very close. A similar multistandard transmitter in digital implementation
is proposed in [16] with less performance.
1.1.2.7 Conclusion of the state-of-the-art of wideband transmitters
The state-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters is summarized in Tab. 1.2. In [9,
11, 12, 13] a hybrid architecture is used to address wideband standards but are implemented
with technologies that cannot handle a battery voltage, unlike [14] that is designed with
Drain Extension transistors. The multistandard capability is demonstrated in [16, 12] with
good power eciency for the dierent standards. But due to the low input voltage allowed
by the technologies these transmitters would exhibit lower eciencies in a battery-powered
application because they required a rst voltage converter to scale down the battery voltage.
An EER transmitter with a large bandwidth supply modulator directly connected to the
battery can address more eectively wideband standards with a high power eciency. A
high frequency DC/DC converter can be such a supply modulator.
- 11 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
Fig. 1.6. Linear drop-out regulator
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design
The second key part of a polar transmitter beside the PA, is the supply modulator that
is usually realized by a DC/DC converter. Indeed according to eq. 1.3 the eciency of this
block is as much important as that of the PA for the overall eciency of the transmitter. Since
wideband modulations are addressed here, high frequency DC/DC converters are required
to amplify the envelope component of the RF signal. A high frequency operation is also in
line with our objective of decreasing the size of passive devices.
This section presents the fundamentals of DC/DC conversion. This is followed by a
review of the state-of-the-art solutions, which introduces some recent works on the topic.
Through this analysis we also point out the architecture that is the most suitable to our
application, i.e. the EER.
1.2.1 Types of DC/DC converters
1.2.1.1 Linear regulator
Linear Drop-out Regulators (LDO) are the simplest circuits that provide a DC voltage
with the lowest distortion (Fig. 1.6). The transient response is usually fast and can be
improved at the cost of DC power consumption. However they exhibit poor eciency in
back-o condition since the eciency is directly proportional to the output voltage (eq.
1.4).
ηLDO =VoutVDD
(1.4)
This is a fundamental limit to the LDO that cannot be improved by the design. Thus the
supply of low-voltage circuits (0.9-1.2 V) from a battery voltage of 3.6 V occurs with a great
eciency penalty as the eciency cannot exceed 25-33%. The state-of-art LDOs [17, 18] are
designed to avoid further power dissipation due to the bias of the op-amp and the output
transistor while achieving a large regulation bandwidth (a fast transient response).
- 12 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design
Fig. 1.7. Switched-capacitor DC/DC converter
1.2.1.2 Switched-capacitor converter
Switched-capacitor DC/DC converter performs voltage conversion by switching an array
of capacitors in series or parallel conguration (Fig. 1.7). Like the linear regulator, it can
be integrated in CMOS technology but has a low current handling capability that can be
improved when increasing either the total switched capacitance or the switching frequency
as shown in [19]. Variable output voltage can be obtained only by changing the topology
of capacitor array. But the voltage ratio cannot vary continuously hence the application to
polar modulation necessitates a complementary LDO with the limitations inherent to such
a voltage regulator.
1.2.1.3 Inductive SMPS
The DC input voltage is converted to a lower or higher DC voltage by switching the
voltage over an inductor. Thanks to the linear operation of the power switches, no energy
is wasted in biasing. The achieved eciency is usually high, what makes it t high power
conversion. The step-down voltage converter in this class, called the buck converter, is the
object of this thesis. Its principle of operation is detailed in next subsection.
1.2.2 Principle of operation of a buck converter
As shown in Fig. 1.8, the power transistors are alternatively switched on or o, yielding
a square wave at the input of the LC tank (Fig. 1.9a). The LC tank, designed with a cut-o
frequency below the switching frequency, lters high frequency components of the square
wave. The output voltage of the buck converter is then the low frequency component with
some ripple due to switching and is given by eq. 1.5 where d is the duty cycle of the LX
node voltage.
Vout = dVbat (1.5)
A nonoverlapping or dead-time is introduced between the gate to source voltages of
the high-side transistor (or control transistor) and the low-side transistor (or synchronous
transistor) in order to prevent a cross-conduction that may be destructive for the buck
converter. During this dead-time the current of the inductor ows through the body-diode
(Drain to Bulk) of the synchronous transistor, consequently the voltage at the LX node is
- 13 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
Fig. 1.8. Buck converter
s s
LXbat
L
out
0
0
(a) Ideal waveforms (b) Nonoverlapping and body-diode conduction
Fig. 1.9. Typical waveforms of a buck converter
about 0.7 V (Fig. 1.9b).
1.2.2.1 Spurious emission
The ripple voltage may become a serious concern when the DC/DC converter is used to
supply a sensitive circuit like an op-amp, a LNA, a RF PA, etc.; so lowering its amplitude
becomes necessary. Analog and RF circuits for example must be supplied with very low
noise voltage which may be obtained by increasing either the values of the LC lter, hence
its size, or the switching frequency which leads to increasing dynamic losses.
In EER application the harmonics of the switching frequency in the output voltage com-
bine with the carrier frequency of the RF PA and generate a HF noise in channels used
by some other communication standards. Usually ltering masks are dened to limit the
amplitude of the spurious frequencies.
- 14 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design
Vbat
RL L
C Rload
MCTRL
MSYNC
LX Vout
Fig. 1.10. Buck converter with parasitic components
1.2.2.2 Power loss mechanisms
Although the power switches operate in linear region, their channel resistance causes
some I2R power losses that impact the eciency of the converter. Also the periodic charge
and discharge of their parasitic capacitance results in dynamic power losses (Fig. 1.10). The
challenge in the design of a buck converter is to minimize those losses and achieve large
bandwidth without sacricing the eciency. Therefore a good modeling of the sources of
power dissipation is necessary to perform an optimization of the DC/DC converter.
The ohmic loss in the channel resistance Rdson of the power transistors and the series
resistance RL of the output inductor, are respectively modeled by eqs. 1.6 and 1.7 where I load,
ILRMS, F s, CMOS and V DD are respectively the load current (or output current), the RMS
current across the inductor, the switching frequency, the equivalent parasitic capacitance of
the transistors and the gate to source voltage swing of the power transistors.
PΩ = dRdsonI2load (1.6)
PL = RLI2LRMS
(1.7)
The switching losses due to parasitic capacitors depicted in Fig. 1.10 are modeled by
eq. 1.8 where CMOS is the equivalent parasitic capacitance. Since the switching losses are
proportional to the switching frequency, they are the major concern in the design of high
frequency DC/DC converters.
Psw = FsCMOSV2DD (1.8)
Another source of power dissipation is due to the conduction of the body-diode (Drain-
Bulk) of the synchronous transistor and is modeled by eq. 1.9 where τ d and V d are re-
- 15 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
spectively the duration of the dead-time and the voltage drop across the body-diode. The
dependence upon the switching frequency requires to keep the dead-time as small as possible
(compared to the switching period T s).
Pd = FsτdVdIload (1.9)
1.2.3 Architectures of high frequency buck converter
While boosting the eciency is the the main concern in designing a DC/DC converter,
the ripple voltage and the voltage handling capability are also important features in most
applications.
For a conventional buck converter, the peak-to-peak ripple current through the inductor
can be expressed as:
∆I =VDDd(1− d)
LFs(1.10)
where d, L and F s are respectively the duty cycle, the lter inductance and the switching
frequency.
This ripple current is integrated in the output capacitor and results in an output ripple
voltage:
∆V =∆I
2CFs=VDDd(1− d)
2LCF 2s
(1.11)
where C is the lter capacitance.
The multiphase interleaved and cascode architectures are proposed to manage the ripple
and the voltage handling issues respectively.
1.2.3.1 Multiphase interleaved buck converter
In order to keep the ripple voltage low without increasing the lter elements or the
switching frequency, the multiphase-interleaved topology (Fig. 1.11a) has been proposed in
[20]. Compared to a conventional buck converter, the ripple voltage is lower and is canceled
for duty cycles that are equal to a multiple of 1/N, where N is the number of phases as
shown in Fig. 1.11b. However the ripple current in each inductor is usually large because of
the lower inductance.
Canceling the ripple voltage is useful in voltage regulation but in variable output voltage
application like EER, this technique does not bring much benet because the duty cycle
is time-variant. Besides the increased number of inductors cannot be justied. Though
[21] introduces a novel implementation of multiphase-interleaved technique that cancels the
ripple at any duty cycle, the issue can be handled by a conventional buck converter with
appropriate switching frequency and output lter. Also increasing the number of inductors
- 16 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design
Vbat
L1
C
Vout
Vbat
LN
∆T=3600/N
(a) Schematic
0 20 40 60 80 1000
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
Duty cycle (%)N
orm
aliz
ed ∆
I
Single phase2−phase4−phase
0 20 40 60 80 1000
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
1
Duty cycle (%)N
orm
aliz
ed ∆
I
Single phase2−phase4−phase
(b) Ripple current through capacitor C for single and multi-phase interleaved buck converters
Fig. 1.11. Multiphase interleaved buck converter
raises the problem of magnetic coupling between the inductors which is a major concern in
multiphase-interleaved power stages.
1.2.3.2 Cascode power stage
The voltage handling capability is a key factor in designing a power management circuit.
As CMOS technology shrinks leading to very low nominal voltage, the power requirements
does not follow the same variation and even increases for some applications making high
voltage necessary in order to keep the current consumption acceptable. For instance front-end
PAs are still supplied with voltages as high as 5-V (battery). In order to supply the PA with
such voltage, the DC/DC converter switches should be able to support the corresponding
voltage stress. Clearly a short-channel transistor cannot do. A cascode power stage (Fig.
1.12) was proposed in [22, 23] to handle twice the process nominal voltage. The high side
cascode PMOS in these circuits suers from voltage stress during body-diode conduction.
Further increase in the number of cascoded-devices may be a solution to the voltage stress
but will increase the total resistance in the current path as well as the complexity of the bias
generation of the cascode devices.
The use of Drain-Extension and diused channel MOSFET, when available in the fabri-
cation process, is a fair solution to the voltage stress. Unlike a cascode bridge, the control
is simple and similar to that of a conventional power stage. The breakdown voltage of such
device is around 8v15 V, i.e. several times the battery voltage. This is useful since the
switching of the power stage may cause large overshoot on the internal supply voltage. A
complete polar transmitter including the PA, using NLDEMOS transistors for operate with
3.6 V is presented in [14] (Tab. 1.2).
- 17 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
Fig. 1.12. Buck converter with cascode power stage
In portable battery-powered devices, an external DC/DC converter is used to bring the
battery voltage down to the process nominal voltage before the internal circuit pins. The use
of Drain-Extension MOSFETs in internal power management blocks makes this front-end
voltage regulator useless.
1.2.4 Control method
1.2.4.1 Feedback loop
Accuracy and transient response are important features in voltage regulator module. The
accuracy is a metric to estimate how close the output voltage is to the desired voltage and
the system needs to respond to load variations with velocity and a good accuracy. To achieve
a good accuracy in reference tracking a feedback loop must include an integrator.
The PID controller has the advantage of high precision and tunable response time. It
can be implemented by sensing either the output voltage or the inductor current, since
both contain the information on load variation. Even if current mode is said to be faster,
voltage mode is easier and more accurate. Indeed an accurate sensing of the inductor current
requires the insertion of a series resistance that increases the ohmic loss. This power wasting
can be avoided by mirroring the current owing through the power transistors [24] but this
technique has a limited accuracy.
In EER the load impedance is constant, so the regulation bandwidth should be at least
equal to the reference signal bandwidth. The design of the PID controller needs only to
achieve this bandwidth in close-loop. Faster transient response could be obtained with
hysteretic controller [20, 25, 26] but is not necessary here. However this interesting feature
of the hysteretic controller is overshadowed by a relatively high spurious emission because
of a variable switching frequency [10].
- 18 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design
Fig. 1.13. Digital PWM
1.2.4.2 Power stage switching
Switching at xed frequency with a PWM signal of the power stage keeps the switching
losses constant in any load condition. As a consequence, the eciency is heavily impacted
at low load current. The variable switching frequency techniques such as PFM or hysteretic
control aim to enhance the eciency at light load condition by lowering the switching fre-
quency. Combining PFM with PWM helps to achieve a good eciency at any load current
as demonstrated in [27, 28].
The main drawback of variable switching frequency techniques in RF circuits is the
nonlocalized spurious frequencies along with higher low frequency noise unlike PWM. In
new communications standards, there are stringent spurious emission rules that are hard to
cope with when the spurious frequencies are not well known.
With modern circuit environment dominated by digital signal processing, digital imple-
mentation of PWM controller has been investigated (Fig. 1.13). The multimode capability
is one of the advantages of digital circuits and allow a simple programming of the digital
PWM controller bandwidth and/or control law according to the targeted application. Such
feature is highly desired on multistandard RF radios because multiple standards could be
addressed by a single DC/DC converter acting as the envelope modulator. The limitation
of the DPWM is the low switching frequency which does not facilitate the full integration of
the converter. Indeed for a PWM frequency F s and n-bit precision, the clock frequency is
given by Fclk = 2nFs and may become too high. For instance, a 10-bit resolution at 1-MHz
switching frequency leads to 1024 MHz clock frequency. Although [29] proposed a method
to increase the eective resolution, the achievable switching frequency is far below that of
analog PWM circuits.
Like their analog counterparts digital controllers can combine both PWM and PFM for
eciency enhancement [30, 31].
1.2.5 Integration
Full integration of power management unit is a key factor to resolve supply voltage
integrity issues in ICs. In terms of energy eciency, it saves the energy otherwise wasted in
- 19 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
Fig. 1.14. 3D-stack of active and passive dies
interconnects, especially when large currents are driven.
In fact many fully integrated DC/DC converters have been demonstrated in the sate-
of-the-art, based on dierent approaches. Full CMOS integration is the most common one
and leads to a single chip where the power management circuit and the targeted load are
designed on the same substrate. Thick back-end metals are used to implement air-core
inductors; however the quality factor2 is low because of poor conductivity, due to limited
metal thickness, and the lack of magnetic core. The resulting series resistance gets high and
impacts the eciency of the converters using such approach.
The lter capacitor can be integrated more easily than the inductor though the area over-
head is quite high. Even with advanced deep submicron CMOS technologies, the capacitive
density is around few fF/µm2 which is low when it comes to integrate nF-range capacitors.
For instance in [32] a total output capacitance of 2x8.22 nF occupies 2.71 mm2 whereas the
active devices and the load occupy 1.07 mm2.
3D-stack is another technique used to integrate the DC/DC converter, the load and the
passive elements in a single package of multiple chips (Fig. 1.14). In that way, the converter
and the load are realized in an advanced CMOS process while the LC lter is designed with
an appropriate passive process [3] or cheap CMOS process [33]. Compared to the single
chip solution, higher quality passive devices are obtained and the eciency is not too much
impacted.
The design and integration of high-quality passive devices is a key factor for the integra-
tion of HF SMPSs and will be discussed in chapter 5.
1.2.6 Conclusion
The state-of-the-art of DC/DC converters shows a wide variety of power stage architec-
tures and control methods. The advantages and drawbacks of each depend on the objectives
of the application. The recent results are summarized in Tab. 1.3.
For polar modulator application the reference tracking can be achieved by a PID con-
2dened as the ratio of the inductance to its equivalent series resistance
- 20 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
1.2 Trends in HF DC/DC converters design
Work Process Topology Control Freq. Vin Vout Iout L C ηmax Passive
(MHz) (V) (V) (mA) (nH) (nF) (%) devices
[20] 90-nm 4-phase hysteresis 233 1.4 1.1 300 4x6.8 2.5 84.5 C on-chip
2005 CMOS L o-chip
[34] 0.35-µm 1-phase PWM 100 3.5 1.5 300 18.9 6.1 73.8 L and C
2005 CMOS on-chip
[25] 0.18-µm 2-phase hysteresis 45 2.8 1.8 200 2x11 6 64 L and C
2007 BiCMOS on-chip
[33] 0.35-µm 1-phase PWM 200 3.3 2.3 60 22 2.5 62 LC die
2007 CMOS stacked
[21] 130-nm 2-phase PWM 170 1.2 0.9 350 2x2 2x5.2 77.9 L and C
2008 CMOS on-chip
[32] 0.18-µm 2-phase PWM 200 1.8 0.9 500 2x2.14 2x8.22 64 L and C
2009 BiCMOS on-chip
[3] 65-nm 1-phase PWM 100 1.2 0.85 80.6 11 30 87.5 LC die
2009 CMOS ip-chipped
Tab. 1.3. Recent works on HF DC/DC converters
troller designed according to the bandwidth specication. The PID controller allows to
choose a PWM switching-mode for the power stage, hence giving constant spurious frequen-
cies.
- 21 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 1 : State-of-the-art of wideband radio transmitters and DC/DC converters
- 22 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2
Design methodology
Overview
2.1 Specications of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.2 Circuit optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
2.3 Methodology summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
The aim of this chapter is to show how the requirements of EER translate to the spec-
ications of the main building blocks of the SMPS. A general design methodology is then
proposed for their optimization.
2.1 Specications of the SMPS
2.1.1 Power specications
The power rating of the DC/DC converter comes from both the power requirement of
the application and the stand-alone eciency of the RF PA. In the fth column of Tab.
1.1 is given the maximum average RF output power, P out,max, fed into the antenna for
some communication standards. The maximum peak power is obtained as the product of
the maximum average RF power and the PAPR. This is the maximum output power that
the transmitter should be able to provide to the antenna. Otherwise the envelope signal is
clamped which causes third order distortion and increases the EVM. Given the PA eciency,
the maximum average and peak power supplied by the DC/DC converter are:
Pav,max =Pout,maxηPA
(2.1)
Ppeak,max =Pout,max + PAPR
ηPA(2.2)
The equations 2.1 and 2.2 show how the eciency of the RF PA eciency impacts the
output power specication of the SMPS. Depending on this eciency the required maximum
- 23 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
−50 −40 −30 −20 −10 0 10 200
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
Output power (dBm)
PD
F (
%)
Urban
Suburban
(a) CDMA2000 PDF
−10 −5 0 5 10 15 20 250
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Output power (dBm)
PA
E (
%)
(b) Typical class-E PA power-added eciency
Fig. 2.1. CDMA probability density function (PDF) in urban and suburban areas, andclass-E PA eciency
output power of the SMPS can be very high compared to the maximum RF power transmitted
by the antenna. Also comes the question: for which power level should the converter be
optimized since high eciency cannot be achieved over a wide power range?
The probability density function (PDF) of the RF power (on the antenna), in most cases,
is almost gaussian-shaped and exhibits a maximum at large back-o from the maximum
power (Fig. 2.1a). This means that the mobile handset operates most of the time with
low power and requires large power in very rare conditions. Clearly the eciency should be
higher for output power range with the highest probability; however for maximum power
which occurs with a low probability, the eciency should not be too low because the battery
life-time depends on the average overall eciency which is power-weighted and may be
expressed as:
ηav =
∫ Pmax
Pmin
PRF · pr (PRF ) dPRF∫ Pmax
Pmin
PRF
η(PRF )· pr (PRF ) dPRF
(2.3)
where PRF , pr (PRF ) and η (PRF ) are respectively the output RF power, the probability
density of working at PRF output power and the eciency of the transmitter at PRF output
power (dened by eq. 1.3). Giving a typical class-E PA eciency of Fig. 2.1b the resulting
average eciency is only 10.4%.
EER is specially useful with medium to high output power as the high switching losses
of the SMPS transistors heavily impact the eciency at low output power. So optimizing
the DC/DC converter for maximum PA average output power is a reasonable choice. At
system-level this implies a power-sharing scheme where another PA deals with low output
power. Such study is outside the scope of this thesis and therefore is not addressed here.
- 24 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.1 Specications of the SMPS
Fig. 2.2. WCDMA envelope in time domain
2.1.1.1 Output voltage and load current ranges
The large dynamic of signal envelope poses a challenge to the supply modulator to achieve
a moderate distortion. For instance WCDMA envelope (gure 2.2) has a 29.54-dB dynamics1
and thus requires the same dynamic for the output voltage of the supply modulator. In a
buck converter, the output voltage is tuned with the duty cycle of the power stage. Because
of IR drops through the high side switch and the inductor series resistance, the maximum
output voltage Vout,max = dmaxVbat is lower than V bat. A practical value of dmax is 80∼90%;
this gives a minimum duty cycle dmin = dmax
10(29.54/20) = 3% for WCDMA envelope.
The specication of the output current of the SMPS requires the determination of the
equivalent resistance of the PA. Whereas a linear PA behaves like a current source, a satu-
rated PA acts as a resistance with respect to the power supply. As long as the PA remains
saturated this resistance is almost constant and can be determined from the battery voltage,
the maximum average output power, the PAPR and the PA eciency (eq. 2.4). Indeed
the DC/DC converter provides a peak power when the output voltage reaches its maximum
value, V out,max.
RPA =V 2out,max · ηPA
(Pout,max + PAPR)watt(2.4)
Tab. 2.1 gives practical PA equivalent resistance for CDMA2000, WCDMA and IEEE
802.11g WLAN, assuming a 50%-ecient PA and a maximum DC/DC output voltage of 80%
of the 3.6-V battery voltage. Knowing the equivalent load resistance, it becomes possible to
determine the current range of the SMPS output stage.
As it can be deducted from eq. 2.4, the resistance depends on the available battery
voltage. When operating under low battery voltage, the PA resistance may be low leading
to a high current required to achieve the power demand. This situation happens typically
when a low-voltage CMOS process is used to design the transmitter. The higher the current,
the higher the ohmic losses due to chip interconnect resistance.
1dened as the ratio of the peak to the lowest value
- 25 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
Standards PAPR Max. Pout RPA
(dB) (dBm) (Ω)
CDMA2000 4 28 2.61
WCDMA 3.5 24 6.9
IEEE 802.11g WLAN 10 17 8.27
Tab. 2.1. PA equivalent resistance
Fig. 2.3. Closed-loop buck converter
2.1.2 Control loop
This subsection presents the specication of the frequency response of the SMPS in
closed-loop condition (Fig. 2.3).
2.1.2.1 Frequency response
The frequency behaviour of the buck converter is shaped by the output LC lter which is
a second order low-pass. The PID controller intends to tune the SMPS response for a proper
envelope reconstruction and maintain the system stable in the closed-loop condition. The
closed-loop frequency response is given by eq. 2.5 where β is the DC gain and ω0 = 2πf0.
A ne analysis of the inuence on the radio spectrum of the small signal bandwidth f 0, the
group delay τ and the damping factor ξ is provided in [6] for WCDMA.
H (s) =β
s2 + 2ξω0s+ ω20
(2.5)
The envelope signal bandwidth is higher than the channel bandwidth given in Tab. 1.1
when cartesian to polar coordinates conversion is performed (eq. 1.2 and Fig. 2.4). In
fact the actual bandwidth is four to ve times the channel bandwidth, hence forcing the
supply modulator to exhibit a similar bandwidth f 0 to lower the distortion and meet EVM
requirements. Indeed the distortion resulting from low bandwidth appears as a noise near
the carrier frequency that may aects the correct demodulation. Besides a near-band noise
appears in adjacent channels where ACLR rules must be successfully passed (Fig. 2.5). A
rule of thumb is to set f0 to four times the channel bandwidth.
The determination of L and C is less straightforward because many frequency and tran-
sient parameters depend on them. In order to avoid attenuation in the large signal band-
- 26 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.1 Specications of the SMPS
(a) Envelope (b) RF spectrum
Fig. 2.4. WCDMA envelope and RF spectra
Fig. 2.5. WLAN RF spectrum for modulator bandwidth f 0 equal to one, two and fourtimes the channel bandwidth
- 27 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
width, the LC cut-o frequency (eq. 2.6) has to be higher than the channel bandwidth.
FLC =1
2π√LC
(2.6)
Output RF spectrum is sensitive to the group delay hence to the damping factor of the
lter ξ and the bandwidth f 0 (eq. 2.7).τ = dϕH(iω)dω
≈ ξπf0
for ω ω0
ξ = 1RPA
√LC
(2.7)
Like electromagnetic wave packets crossing a transmission medium (air, vacuum, etc.), a
variation of group delay causes distortion in the packets. Similar process happens to the
envelope signal through the supply modulator. As shown by Pinon [6], both overdamping
and underdamping make the group delay vary within the bandwidth; the optimum damping
factor was found to be 0.7 which corresponds to a maximally at second-order lter.
So depending on the PA equivalent resistance and the required bandwidth, both the
product and the ratio of L and C must be adjusted for optimum damping.
The delay between the EER envelope and phase path is another important source of
distortion and thus requires a good synchronization of both paths. This is done typically
by inserting delay in the phase path that is faster than the envelope path. This issue is not
addressed here.
2.1.2.2 Switching frequency selection method
In this section, an analysis of the noise induced by the PWM on the envelope signal is
performed to select a correct switching frequency.
A single tone modulating signal is used to establish the Fourier series decomposition of
the PWM signal at node LX (eq. 2.9). It is assumed that the modulating signal with tone
frequency fmod yields duty cycle d(t) in the power stage (eq. 2.8):
d(t) =α
2(1 + sin (2πfmodt)) (2.8)
xpwm(t) =Vbatα
2+Vbatα
2sin (2πfmodt) +
∞∑n=1
Vbatπn
sin (2πnFst)
−∞∑n=1
Vbatπn
±∞∑k=±1
Jk(−nπα) sin (2π (nFst+ kfmod) t− nπα) (2.9)
where Jk is a Bessel function of the rst kind. For a multi-tone signal like an RF envelope,
the analysis is very hard though [35] proposes a method to determine an equivalent single
tone. Nonetheless eq. 2.9 is useful to estimate the eect of PWM noise on the SMPS
- 28 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.1 Specications of the SMPS
Fig. 2.6. PWM spectrum for single tone modulation at 200 MHz switching frequency
output signal, in particular it shows that no harmonics contribution of fmod is present in
the spectrum and most of the noise is concentrated in high frequency around the harmonics
of the switching frequency F s (Fig. 2.6). However some aliasing spurious (nFs ± kfmod)appear in low frequency as the PWM is a sampling process and therefore increase the overall
near-band noise. In order to minimize both the near-band and the high frequency noise, the
switching frequency F s has to be increased so the corresponding spurious frequencies fall in
the frequency range where the attenuation of the LC lter is high enough. Even with high
F s, spurious frequencies due to the fourth term of eq. 2.9 fall close to the baseband but with
very low magnitude since the Bessel functions are scaled by 1/n!.
For instance with fmod = 10 MHz, Fs = 100 MHz and α = 0.5, the intermodulation of
the 9th harmonic of fmod with F s aliases to fmod and has a magnitude of −VbatπJ−9
(−π
2
)=
9.37× 10−8 ≈ 0
As a criterion for switching frequency selection, the ratio of the signal amplitude (second
term of eq. 2.9) to the amplitude of the aliased signal is a good gure of merit, both
normalized to V bat. The upper bond of this amplitude is given in eq. 2.10, considering
that the most signicant aliasing occurs when harmonics of fmod intermodulate with the
fundamental of F s.
Amax = −J−kalias (−πα)
π=Jkalias (πα)
π(2.10)
where kalias is the order of the harmonic that aliases with fmod and is computed as:
kalias =Fsfmod
− 1 (2.11)
A signal-to-alias ratio is dened as:
SAR =πα
2Jkalias (πα)(2.12)
- 29 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
Standards Channel fmod F s
bandwidth (MHz) (MHz) (MHz)
CDMA2000 1.25 5 35
WCDMA 3.84 15.36 107
IEEE 802.11g WLAN 20 80 560
Tab. 2.2. Optimum switching frequency
As αmax = 1, the worst case ratio is:
SARmin =π
2Jkalias (π)(2.13)
This criterion is optimal compared to the usual rule that sets F s to ten times fmod and
more pertinent than that of [35]. In the application to continuous spectrum envelope signal
in EER, the modulating frequency to consider is the highest signicant frequency component.
In subsection 2.1.2.1 that frequency is set to four times the channel bandwidth and denes
also the supply modulator bandwidth. The optimal switching frequencies yielding a 40 dB
minimum SAR are listed in Tab. 2.2 for CDMA2000, WCDMA and IEEE 802.11g WLAN
standards: this results in an order of the Bessel function of kalias = 6 using eq. 2.13. The
ratio between switching frequency and modulating frequency is computed from eq. 2.11 and
is 7. This number compares to 10, the ratio given by the rule of thumb .
Even with the restrictive evaluation proposed here, Tab. 2.2 indicates that EER with
WLAN standard is hardly possible using a single SMPS as supply modulator.
2.1.2.3 High frequency PWM noise
The selection of a switching frequency does not only depend on low frequency noise
considerations. As high frequency noise components appear around the harmonics of the
switching frequency (the third and fourth terms of eq. 2.9), the ltering of this noise has
an inuence on the choice of the switching frequency. When the envelope is restored at the
output of the PA, the HF noise is mixed with carrier frequency and the intermodulation spu-
rious frequencies fall in a frequency range dedicated to other communications. For instance
a 150 MHz switching frequency mixed with a 1.8 GHz carrier yields a spurious frequency in
channels around 1.95 GHz. The total power that is tolerated in those channels is specied
by the communication standard.
Selecting a higher switching frequency brings two benets:
the intermodulation products are pushed into higher frequency range, i.e. non-adjacent
channels.
the number of intermodulation products is smaller (less spurious frequencies are gen-
erated), they are farther one from the other and the total power is largely spread.
- 30 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
Fig. 2.7. Linear model of the buck converter
The chance to generate a spurious frequency with a critical magnitude in an adjacent
channel is largely reduced.
2.2 Circuit optimization
In this section, the optimization of the circuit is performed according to the global spec-
ications of the previous section.
2.2.1 Controller and output lter
2.2.1.1 Linear model of the buck converter
A linear model of the SMPS is established for the purpose of PID controller and LC lter
design (Fig. 2.7). Though the power stage is a non-linear system, a low frequency AC model
is computed considering that eq. 1.5 stands as long as the duty cycle of the PWM signal is
varied at a rate lower than the closed-loop bandwidth f 0. Under this condition the power
stage is simply a buer with a gain of V bat.
The PWM signal is generated through a high gain comparator which inputs are the error
signal from the controller and a high frequency ramp as depicted in Fig. 2.8. A voltage-
to-time conversion occurs that yields the duty cycle i.e. signal's on-time varying from 0 to
100% as the error signal goes from the minimum to the maximum of the ramp. The resulting
gain for the AC model is:d
Verr=
1
V ppramp(2.14)
where Vppramp is the peak-to-peak voltage of the ramp signal.
The overall gain of the PWM and the power stage is given by eq. 2.15 and is constant
for a certain battery voltage. This voltage varies on a mobile platform from 2.7 V (depleted
battery) to 4.3 V (fully charged battery). For stability purpose the peak-to-peak voltage of
- 31 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
Fig. 2.8. Pulse width modulator
the ramp signal must track this variation to ensure a constant gain in the control loop.
G =Vbat
V ppramp(2.15)
For an accurate PWM, the comparator must have a high gain at the switching frequency
and a sucient slew-rate to guarantee the shortest pulses corresponding to the minimum
and the maximum duty ratio.
2.2.1.2 Controller
The cut-o frequency of the LC lter can be set to the large signal bandwidth BW0 of
the modulation to fulll frequency specication. Individual values for L and C are obtained
by combining this condition with the damping factor of eq. 2.7, leading to eq. 2.16:LC =(
12πBW0
)2
LC
= (ξRPA)2⇒
L = ξRPA
2πBW0
C = 12πBW0ξRPA
(2.16)
When applied to WCDMA, this gives 200 nH and 8.6 nF respectively. However the cut-
o frequency can be chosen higher than the large signal bandwidth in order to have a smaller
lter as long as the ripple current and/or the ripple voltage does not become excessive.
The PID controller features two zeros and two poles that are used to ensure that the
closed-loop transfer function is very close to eq. 2.5. Dierent poles and zeros placement
strategies exist in the theory of system control to design a robust PID controller. As the
design parameters such as PA equivalent resistance, lter inductance and capacitance, may
shift from nominal values during the operation, the pole-zero cancellation strategy is not
interesting here because it requires a precise pole and zero placement. Instead the zeros are
placed around the double-pole of the output lter and the non-zero pole is positioned such
that the open-loop unity-gain frequency corresponds to the maximum of controller phase
thus optimizing the closed-loop phase margin (Fig. 2.9).
The open-loop transfer function is the product of controller transfer function (eq. 2.17),
the PWM and power stage gain and the LC lter transfer function. For stability analysis, the
criteria are based on the open-loop transfer function delay margin and magnitude margin,
derived from phase margin and gain margin respectively.
- 32 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
105
106
107
108
−60
−40
−20
0
20
40
60
Mag
nit
ud
e (d
B)
Frequency (Hz)
Controller
Open−loop
Open−loop without controller
Fz1
Fz2
Fp2
FLC
Fig. 2.9. Poles and zeros placement
Hctrl (s) =(s+ 2πfz1) (s+ 2πfz2)
s (s+ 2πfp2)(2.17)
where fz1, fz2 and fp2 are respectively the rst zero, the second zero and the second pole of
the controller, the rst pole being at DC frequency.
On Fig. 2.10 are plotted the Bode diagram of the controller, the open-loop and closed-
loop transfer functions for WCDMA. The delay margin is computed using eq. 2.18 and
consists of a pure delay at unity-gain frequency. Although most stability analysis assume a
450-phase margin as a good criterion to dene a stable system, the delay margin indicates a
pure delay that can make a system unstable. If such delay has not been taken into account
in the AC model and exists indeed in the loop, the system becomes unstable no matter
the phase margin is. Since a system is usually modeled with some approximations and
uncertainty on its parameters, the delay margin constitutes a more selective criterion than
the phase margin. A practical condition is a delay margin higher than the delay through the
comparator and the power stage τPWM (eq. 2.18).
∆T =∆ϕ
2πf0dB
> τPWM (2.18)
where ∆ϕ and f 0dB are respectively the phase margin and the open-loop unity-gain frequency.
The second stability criterion is based on magnitude margin ∆M that is more restrictive
than the gain margin. Indeed the magnitude margin indicates how close the gain is to the
critical point (0 dB, -1800) when frequency varies. On a Nyquist diagram the magnitude
- 33 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
−30−20−10
01020304050
Mag
nitu
de (
dB)
105
106
107
108
−180
−135
−90
−45
0
45
Pha
se (
deg)
Frequency (Hz)
Controller
Open−loop
Closed−loop
∆φ
Fig. 2.10. Bode diagram of the controller, the open-loop and the closed-loop transferfunction
margin is the radius of the circle centered at (-1,0) and tangent to the open-loop transfer
function (see Fig. 2.11). A fair stability criterion is:
∆M > 0.5 (2.19)
The system has a closed-loop gain β in order to have the input reference voltage V ref in
a voltage range that is compatible with the control circuit. Indeed the output voltage of the
SMPS can be as high as the battery voltage whereas the control circuit may be designed in
a CMOS process with a maximum voltage lower than the battery voltage. Another reason
is that the reference voltage is supplied at system-level by a DAC whose output range does
not exceed 1 to 2 V. With a nominal battery voltage of 3.6 V a loop gain β = 3 limits the
reference voltage range to 1.2 V which is compatible with CMOS technologies down to 65nm.
Further increase of β alleviates the burden of the circuit that provides the input reference
voltage but makes the stability harder to achieve.
2.2.2 Power stage
The optimization of the power stage focus on fullling the power specications with the
minimum power loss and the appropriate velocity in switching at very high frequency.
- 34 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
−1 −0.8 −0.6 −0.4 −0.2 0 0.2−3
−2
−1
0
1
2
3
Real Axis
Imag
inar
y A
xis
∆M
Fig. 2.11. Nyquist diagram of the open-loop transfer function
2.2.2.1 Power switches size
Minimizing the power loss requires to optimize the size of the power transistors. Actually
only the width needs to be optimized because the switching losses are proportional to it
whereas the ohmic losses are inversely proportional to it (Fig. 2.12). Both gate capacitance
and channel resistance are proportional to the channel length which must therefore be set
to the minimum allowed by the technology. For a given switching frequency f s and gate to
source voltage swing V DD, the optimum width W opt is obtained at the minimum of eq. 2.20.
Ploss =R0on
WI2RMS +WfsC
0swV
2DD (2.20)
where IRMS, R0on and C0
sw are respectively the RMS current across the transistor, the unit
width resistance and the unit width transistor capacitance that includes gate capacitance
and drain-body capacitance. The optimum width thus obtained leads to equal switching
and ohmic losses (eq. 2.21).
Wopt =
√R0onI
2RMS
fsC0swV
2DD
(2.21)
The RMS current IRMS to consider is the RMS load current I load plus the RMS ripple
current across the inductor, scaled by the duty cycle d for the high-side transistor (eq. 2.22)
and by (1-d) for the low-side transistor.
I2RMS = d
(I2load +
∆I
12
2)(2.22)
Since the transmitter is to be optimized for the maximum output power (see subsection
2.1.1), the load current in eq. 2.22 should be the PA maximum input current, IPA,max.
- 35 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 400
50
100
150
200
250
Width (mm)
Pow
er (
mW
)
Total power loss
OhmicSwitching
Optimal width
Fig. 2.12. Ohmic, switching and total power losses variation with the width
pW
nW
pa W⋅
na W⋅
1Npa W− ⋅
1Nna W− ⋅
Fig. 2.13. Gate driver
2.2.2.2 Power switches drivers
A typical power switch driver is a chain of weighted-size CMOS inverters (Fig. 2.13). The
number of stages as well as the tapering factor, i.e. the size ratio between consecutive stages,
must be optimized for switching velocity and energy dissipation. Indeed the last inverter
stage should be larger enough to switch the power transistor on and o with a reasonable
speed. But a larger inverter also adds some extra capacitance to the gate capacitance of the
power transistor, increasing further the switching losses. The optimum number of stages N
and the tapering factor a depend on the power transistor gate capacitance Cgate,MOS and
the gate capacitance of the rst inverter stage Cinv1 according to eq. 2.23.N = ln
(Cgate,MOS
Cinv1
)a =
(Cgate,MOS
Cinv1
) 1N
= e1 ≈ 2.7(2.23)
- 36 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
2.2.3 Impact of the increase of switching frequency
The methodology developed in this section leads to a DC/DC converter optimized in
terms of bandwidth and power eciency. One aim of this thesis is to push for a complete
integration of the transmitter, i.e. the PA with the DC/DC converter. The approach adopted
in this work is to increase the switching frequency in order to decrease the required output
lter inductance and capacitance down to values that can be integrated on-chip. The topic of
chapter 5 deals with the dierent technologies available today to integrate passive devices.
But for now it is essential to analyze the impact of switching the DC/DC converter at a
frequency higher than the optimum determined by eqs. 2.11-2.13.
As the ripple current through the inductor is inversely proportional to the switching
frequency and the inductance, a decrease of the former must be followed by a proportional
increase of the latter in order to keep its value constant. Thus the lter capacitance is also
decreased by the same factor as the inductance to keep the output voltage ripple current
constant.
2.2.3.1 Impact of the increase of switching frequency on the control circuit
The bandwidth specication of the control circuit is determined only by the considered
modulation format and is not aected by an increase of the switching frequency. So the
poles and zeros placement remains unchanged.
The PWM comparator must exhibit a high gain at the new switching frequency because
the pulse duration corresponding the minimum and the maximum duty cycle become very
small. This large gain-bandwidth necessitates a larger DC bias; however this does not impact
the eciency of the converter since the overall power consumption of the control circuit is
tiny compared to that of the power stage.
2.2.3.2 Impact of the increase of switching frequency on the power stage
An increase of the switching frequency leads to a decrease of the optimal size of power
transistors according to eq. 2.21. Consequently the channel resistance increases as well as
the IR drop because the current specications remain the same. Ultimately this voltage drop
reduces signicantly the maximum voltage available at the output and therefore prevents
the transistor width from getting further small whatever high the switching frequency may
be.
A straightforward computation using eq. 2.23 shows that drivers' size decreases also
following that of power transistors' size. But a special attention should be paid to the rise
time tr and the fall time tf of the gate-source voltage of the power transistors because they
determine the minimum duty cycle achievable by the power stage. When the switching
period T s shrinks, an equivalent shrink in gate-source voltage transition time is necessary to
- 37 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
(a) lond dead-time (b) short dead-time
Fig. 2.14. Power dissipation due to the dead-time
keep constant the minimum duty cycle (eq. 2.24).
dmin =tr + tfTs
(2.24)
The commutation of the power transistor is equivalent to an RC charge and discharge
with a time constant of τ = RNCgate, where RN and Cgate are respectively the channel
resistance of the last inverter stage of the driver (assuming both PMOS and NMOS have the
same resistance i.e. the PMOS is three times as large as the NMOS) and the gate capacitance
of the power transistors. The rise/fall time depends on process parameters R0on and C
0sw, and
design parameters W power and WN which are respectively the width of the power transistor
and that of the last inverter:
tr,f = 2.2τ = 2.2R0onC
0sw
Wpower
WN
(2.25)
Typical values are R0on = 3000Ω.µm and C0
sw = 2.5fF/µm. With a driver tapering factor
of 2.7 (eq. 2.23), the minimum duty cycle for a 400-MHz switching frequency is dmin = 7%.
2.2.4 Adaptive dead-time control
At very high switching frequency the power losses due to the body diode conduction
(eq. 1.9) become high if the dead-times are not controlled precisely. Indeed a large dead-
time td2 increases the total diode conduction time τ d whereas a too short dead-time leads
to the discharge of the capacitance CLX (Fig. 2.14) by the low-side switch, that causes
signicant extra switching losses (eq. 2.26) since this capacitance is usually as high as the
gate capacitance of power transistors.
PCLX= fsCLXV
2bat (2.26)
- 38 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
Fig. 2.15. Variation of the discharge time of CLX with load current
Thus an optimal dead-time at this transition is the discharge time of capacitance CLX
which varies with load current. Unlike td2 the dead-time td1 does not depend on load current
and should be optimized dierently.
As dead-time cannot be avoided for safety reason, a rule of thumb is to have the body
conduction lasting less than one tenth of the switching period, so dead-time losses remain
negligible compared to switching and ohmic losses.
The optimization of dead-time can save as much as half the switching losses of the
capacitance CLX . Indeed this capacitance is charged through the high-side switch and
discharged through the inductor. Only the charge step results in power losses unlike the
discharge which is a charge transfer between the capacitance and the inductance.
2.2.4.1 Optimization of dead-time td2
The dependence of the discharge time of capacitance CLX on load current is illustrated
in Fig. 2.15. In particular the discharge time is high for low current and small for large
current.
In earlier works on low switching frequency DC/DC converters, a constant dead-time
is implemented by delay cells in drivers and does not cause signicant power losses. For
high switching frequency and variable load current applications such as EER, this technique
is not optimal because it requires a large dead-time to ensure that capacitance CLX is
not discharged when load current is minimum. The optimization must therefore take into
account the loading condition to set the appropriate dead-time, i.e. to perform an adaptive
dead-time control.
The adaptive dead-time control has been used in DC/DC converters switching at fre-
quencies around few MHz [36, 37]. An approach based on sensing the voltage at LX node
was then adopted. The driver of the synchronous transistor is activated (after the control
transistor is turned o) only when the LX voltage reaches 0 V or 1/2V bat. Inevitably there
is a loop delay that increases the body diode conduction time and hence contributes to power
losses. The loop delay due to the sense signal propagation through the CMOS logic gates to
the gate of the synchronous transistor is negligible when switching period is hundreds of ns
- 39 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
100
101
102
5
10
15
20
25
30
Switching frequency (MHz)
Rel
ativ
e de
ad−
time
pow
er d
issi
patio
n (%
)
Fig. 2.16. Contribution of the body diode conduction losses as a function of switchingfrequency
to few µs but becomes a major drawback for converters switching at tens to hundreds MHz.
Fig. 2.16 plots the contribution to the total power losses of 1-ns body diode conduction time
for a buck converter optimized around 350 mA load current in a standard CMOS process.
Even with advanced CMOS technologies, the loop delay is around hundreds of picoseconds
that may be acceptable for switching frequency of tens MHz but is not suitable when the
switching frequency is beyond 200∼300 MHz (T s < 5ns). An alternative to LX node sense is
proposed in [38] and demonstrated for only 200-kHz switching frequency. It is an algorithm
that needs multiple switching cycles to perform a calibration of the dead-time each time a
load variation occurs.
Both previous techniques do not t a HF SMPS with variable load condition like in EER.
Instead the approach used in this thesis is based on a continuous tuning of dead-time from
load transient. The optimal dead-time is obtained by setting a delay equals to the discharge
time of capacitance CLX that is:
τLX = CLXVbatILmax
(2.27)
with ILmax as the peak inductor current, given by:
ILmax = Iload +∆IL
2≈ Iload (2.28)
considering that the ripple current is negligible compared to load current. So eq. 2.27
can be rewritten as:
τLX = CLXVbatIload
(2.29)
Instead of sensing load current to determine the delay given by eq. 2.29, the SMPS input
reference voltage V ref is used as the load in EER is modeled by a resistance. Hence eq. 2.29
becomes:
τLX = CLXVbatRPA
Vout= CLX
VbatRPA
βVref(2.30)
- 40 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
A circuit implementing this last equation is presented in chapter 3. It requires the
instantaneous input reference voltage and the values of the indicated design parameters.
An extraction from simulation results is necessary to determine precisely CLX and RPA.
A tracking of the battery voltage variation can be designed but it is not relevant since its
relative variation (from the nominal value 3.6 V to the full charge 5 V and depletion charge
2.7 V) does not exceed 40% and then does not impact too much the actual discharge time.
The approximation leading to eq. 2.30 and the lack of accuracy in the knowledge of CLX
and RPA make the delay slightly dierent from the discharge time. A longer delay increases
body diode conduction whereas a shorter delay causes a partial discharge of CLX by the
synchronous switch but both cause negligible power dissipation.
This adaptive dead-time control cannot eliminate completely the body diode conduction
but highly attenuates its related power losses.
2.2.4.2 Optimization of dead-time td1
Since this dead-time is independent of load condition, it does not need an adaptive control.
Instead the delay is xed to avoid a cross-conduction of the power transistors. Because of
loop delay, a feedback scheme with a sense of LX node is not possible at very high frequency
even if this is a more reliable way to prevent cross-conduction. Here again is the dilemma
between safety and eectiveness.
A practical value for td1 is the rise/fall time of the gate voltage of power transistors:
td1 = tr,f (2.31)
2.2.4.3 Power transistors control signals
The input signals of the power transistors drivers are generated from the PWM signal by
the logic circuit depicted in Fig. 2.17. This circuit is simple and involves few components.
It is assumed that the drivers are matched and thus have the same delay.
For very low duty cycle, i.e. small output current, the circuit generates unwanted pulses
because the dead-time becomes longer than the high-side switch pulse duration. Another
nonoverlapping scheme must handle small duty cycle with a xed dead-time, just enough to
avoid cross-conduction and the discharge of CLX by the low-side switch. Anyway the energy
losses resulting from body diode conduction is low for small load current.
2.2.5 Eciency analysis
The increase of switching frequency leads to higher power losses even with shrinked
devices. Indeed the optimal power transistors width hence the gate capacitance decreases by1√fs
but the switching losses proportional to switching frequency making the overall power
- 41 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
(a) block-diagram (b) waveforms
Fig. 2.17. Dead-time control
losses to increase as showed by eq. 2.32.
Psw = fsCMOSV2DD ∝ fs
1√fsV 2DD =
√fsV
2DD (2.32)
For a power transistor both switching and ohmic losses at the optimal load current are
obtained using eqs. 2.20 and 2.21.
PΩ = WoptR0onI
2RMS = VDDIRMS
√R0onC
0swfs (2.33)
Psw = WoptfsC0swV
2DD = VDDIRMS
√R0onC
0swfs (2.34)
The switching losses due to the driver must be incorporated since the driver brings an
extra capacitance to the gate capacitance. This extra capacitance is computed by considering
the total width of the driver stages:
Wdriver =N∑i=1
Wopt
ai=Wopt
e
1− e−N
1− e−1≈ 0.6Wopt (2.35)
with N and a given by eq. 2.23. The approximation of eq. 2.35 assumes N ≥ 2, which is
usually the case, and shows that the driver adds a capacitance of nearly 60% of that of the
power transistor itself. Therefore the total power losses of a power transistor are:
Ptrans = PΩ + 1.6Psw = 2.6VDDIRMS
√R0onC
0swfs (2.36)
The intrinsic power losses of the SMPS is two times P trans and can be used to determine
the intrinsic maximum eciency for an SMPS output power, P out:
ηopt =Pout
Pout + 2Ptrans=
VoutIout
VoutIout + 5.2VDDIRMS
√R0onC
0swfs
(2.37)
Eq. 2.37 indicates that the intrinsic maximum eciency depends only on the time con-
- 42 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
2.2 Circuit optimization
100
101
10265
70
75
80
85
90
95
100
Switching frequency (MHz)
Eff
icie
ncy
(%)
0.25−µm BiCMOS (NLDEMOS)0.25−µm BiCMOS (Standard)90n−CMOS65n−CMOS
Fig. 2.18. CMOS technologies eciency comparison for Vout=1 V and Iout=500 mA
0 20 40 60 80 100−14
−12
−10
−8
−6
−4
−2
0
← ∆η=−1/8*∆f/f
η (%)
∆η (
%)
Fig. 2.19. Eciency drop due to switching frequency increase
stant τ = R0onC
0sw of the technology node and is enhanced with process shrinking as illus-
trated by Fig. 2.18. As this time constant shrinks with process, the eciency is always high
with advanced CMOS technologies but the drawback is the maximum voltage that can be
handled with such technologies which is low compared to the battery voltage in portable
devices.
With the same technology node an increase of the switching frequency results in a decrease
of the intrinsic maximum eciency that is worthwhile to determine when considering to
switch at a frequency higher than the optimum specied previously. The eciency variation
∆η derived from eq. 2.37 is a good metric to estimate the eciency penalty due to frequency
increase (see eq. 2.38).
∆η = −1
2η(1− η)
∆fsfs
(2.38)
∆fs is the dierence between the new switching frequency and the original switching
frequency f s where the eciency is η. As shown in Fig. 2.19 the eciency penalty is small
when the original eciency is already high.
The eciency analysis done in this subsection does not take into account the ohmic
losses of the series resistance of the inductor because they are not intrinsic to the DC/DC
- 43 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 2 : Design methodology
converter but rather depends on the choice of the inductor process. As discussed in chapter
5 commercial surface-mounted inductors exhibits series resistance very low compared to
transistors channel resistance, unlike integrated inductors whose series resistance is usually
high. Power losses due to body diode conduction are also excluded because they can be kept
negligible with an appropriate control of dead-time.
2.3 Methodology summary
The methodology developed in this chapter is formal and almost independent of the
actual technology used to implement the converter. The specications for some modern
wideband standards have been presented.
A practical usage and implementation of this methodology is given in the next chapter
with a CMOS technology.
- 44 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3
Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Overview
3.1 Preliminary optimization for WCDMA standard . . . . . . . . 45
3.2 Control circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.3 Dead-time controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.4 Power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.5 Assembling and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.6 Top-level simulation results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.7 Measurements results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
3.8 Discussion and conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
The design of a buck converter for WCDMA standard in 0.25-µm BiCMOS process is
presented here to illustrate the methodology developed in the chapter 2. This technology
is used to design the RF PA to be fed by the DC/DC converter. It is therefore crucial
that the DC/DC converter be designed with the same technology for integration purpose.
Each subcircuit is designed according to the specications of chapter 2. The appropriate
devices are used for each block in order to take advantage of the features of the fabrication
process that provides bipolar, standard MOSFETs and drain-extension transistors. More
precisely most circuits are designed with a combination of bipolar transistors and standard
MOSFETs. For this reason the supply voltage of these blocks is xed to 2.5 V (Fig. 3.1).
Only the power stage is fed with battery voltage and requires high-voltage devices. The last
section of the chapter deals with measurement results and the comparison with simulation.
3.1 Preliminary optimization for WCDMA standard
A quick determination of WCDMA specications gives the gures in Tab. 3.1. To
further decrease the size of lter components the switching frequency is set to 200 MHz.
With the switching frequency almost doubled, the new optimal inductance and capacitance
- 45 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Fig. 3.1. Block-diagram of the SMPS
Inputs parameters Outputs parameters
RPA Large signal Small signal Voutmax L C Fs Ioutmax
(Ω) BW(MHz) BW (MHz) (V) (nH) (nF) (MHz) (mA)
6.9 3.84 15 3 200 8.6 107 434
Tab. 3.1. Buck converter specications for WCDMA standard
are 100 nH and 4.3 nF respectively. The actual lter is implemented with commercial SMDs
and has 51 nH and 4.7 nF. Consequently the poles and zeros of the controller (Fig. 3.2) are
placed according to this LC lter.
The maximum ripple current resulting from this switching frequency and this inductance
is ∆I = 88 mA, assuming a battery nominal voltage of 3.6 V. This ripple current is not too
high compared to the maximum output current.
3.2 Control circuit
3.2.1 Controller
The controller is designed as depicted in Fig. 3.2 using an op-amp and RC tanks. The
pole and zero frequencies of eq. 2.17 are given by RC combinations and therefore can be
used to compute the values of resistance and capacitance according to eq. 3.1 with a degree
- 46 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.2 Control circuit
Fig. 3.2. PID controller
of freedom on Cint:
Rint = 12πfp1CintA0
Rdrv = 12πfz1Cint
R3 = Rint1
1+fp2fz2
Cdrv = 12πfp2R3
Rdiv = Rint
β−1
(3.1)
The pole at origin is not located exactly at DC frequency but at fp1 because of the
nite DC gain A0 of the op-amp. However the variation of the fabrication process causes
an unpredictable shift of the resistance and the capacitance. Therefore the actual poles
and zeros may be placed somewhere else than the desired frequency. The robustness of the
controller should then be checked through a Monte Carlo simulations where process corners
are varied according to the Monte Carlo's scheme.
3.2.1.1 Operational amplier
The op-amp must have sucient gain and bandwidth to make sure that its intrinsic
nondominant poles frequencies are higher than fz1, fz2 and fp2, and therefore do not inuence
the low frequency behavior of the controller. Consequently the op-amp gain should be above
the gain of the ideal controller (eq. 2.17) for any frequency up to fp2. However it must be
small at the switching frequency because the ripple on the feedback voltage should not be
amplied by the controller. Thus the gain-bandwidth product is bounded by a minimum
of 2πfp2 · |Hctrl(fp2)| and a maximum of 2πFs · |Hctrl(fp2)|. The actual controller exhibits
a third pole at the intersect of the op-amp and the ideal controller transfer functions (Fig.
3.3).
A high DC gain is needed for a sucient regulation of the output voltage, without of
course sacricing the bandwidth. In CMOS circuit design a high DC gain is achieved usually
with telescopic op-amp which exhibits low output voltage swing. The folded-cascode op-amp
- 47 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
−100
−80
−60
−40
−20
0
20
40
60
80
100
Mag
nitu
de (
dB)
Frequency (Hz)
Open−loop
Op−amp
Actual controller
Fp1
Fig. 3.3. Bode diagram of the operational amplier and the actual controller
(Fig. 3.4) is a good candidate as its DC gain and bandwidth can be tuned independently
unlike the basic amplier [39].
In this work we choose a folded-cascode amplier that combines both bipolar and CMOS
devices. The input pair consists of two P-type bipolar transistors that achieve higher
transconductance than MOSFETs for the same bias current [40]. A common source output
stage is added to the folded-cascode amplier in order to decrease the output impedance.
The overall DC gain after simulation is 90 dB and the GBW is 700 MHz for 470µW of power
consumption.
3.2.1.2 Stability analysis
The stability criteria dened in chapter 2 are checked on the basis of a linear model
including the controller, the output lter and the linear model of the pulse-width modulator
and the power stage (Fig. 3.5). The system consists of two loops: the main loop goes from
the output of DC/DC converter to the input of the controller, FB, and the secondary loop is
the local feedback of the op-amp performed by Rdrv and Cint. An interesting stability analysis
function called lstb is provided by the IC simulator Eldo. Stability analysis is performed
by the insertion of an AC voltage source in the target loop during an AC simulation. The
advantage of this function is to keep the same impedance at each side of the loop breaking
point.
When performed on the main loop of Fig. 3.5 the lstb function gives the open-loop
transfer function of Fig. 3.6. A phase margin of 490 is obtained at the unit-gain frequency of
24 MHz; this results in a delay margin of 5.6 ns which is higher than the 550 ps delay of the
- 48 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.2 Control circuit
Fig. 3.4. Folded-cascode amplier
(a) Simulation schematic
(b) Main loop (c) Secondary loop
Fig. 3.5. Linear model used for the stability analysis
- 49 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
-120.0
-100.0
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
20.0
40.0
60.0
80.0
100.0
120.0
140.0
Mag
nitu
de (
dB)
-340.0-320.0
-300.0
-280.0
-260.0
-240.0
-220.0
-200.0
-180.0
-160.0
-140.0
-120.0
-100.0
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
Pha
se (
degr
ees)
Gain Margin : 40.061 dB
0 dB
Gain Crossover : 24.979 MEGHz
Phase Margin : 49.175 degrees
Phase Crossover : 522.67 MEGHz
db(LSTB)
cphase(LSTB)
1.0 10.03 100.030 1.0K300 10.0K3 100.0K30 1.0MEG300 10.0MEG3 100.0MEG30 1.0G300 10.0G3
Frequency (Hz)1.0
Fig. 3.6. Open-loop transfer function of the main loop
Fig. 3.7. Nyquist diagram of the open-loop transfer function
power stage. Though a 40 dB gain margin is indicated on the Bode diagram, the magnitude
margin found with the Nyquist diagram is only 0.8, which is yet sucient (Fig. 3.7).
Though the stability criteria are fullled, only transient simulations are close to the actual
operating condition of the system. Thus transient simulations of the whole circuit including
the power stage and pulse generator have to be performed at process corners to check the
stability against the spread of the fabrication process.
3.2.2 Pulse width modulator (PWM)
3.2.2.1 Ramp signal generator
The ramp signal is obtained by integrating a square-wave voltage from an external clock
thanks to a pass-band lter (Fig. 3.8). In this way a symmetric ramp voltage is generated
- 50 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.2 Control circuit
(a) Block-diagram (b) Band pass lter
Fig. 3.8. Ramp generator
independently of the duty ratio of the input clock. The average voltage of the ramp is set
by resistors Rb1 and Rb2 that duplicate the base-emitter voltage of the bipolar transistor.
As discussed in subsection 1.2.1 of chapter 2 a tracking of the battery voltage variation
by the peak-to-peak voltage V ppramp of the ramp is necessary in order to have a constant
PWM gain. Thus a calibration circuit adjusts the peak value of the input pulse according to
the battery voltage by controlling the supply voltage of a buer that is inserted between the
external clock input, CLK, and the pass-band lter. The peak-to-peak voltage of the ramp
is then proportional to the supply voltage V DD,buffer of the buer (eq. 3.2). This technique
is more eective than trimming the resistance Ri or the capacitance Ci. In this way the
battery voltage is continuously monitored and any change is handled.
V ppramp =VDD,buffer2πFsRiCi
(3.2)
In order to prevent the bipolar transistor and the PMOS current source from entering
in their respective ohmic regions and also relax the input voltage swing of the comparator,
the maximum and the minimum voltage of the ramp are limited to 2.2 and 1 V respectively
when the battery voltage is at the maximum value of 4.3 V. The resulting peak-to-peak
ramp voltage and PWM gain are 1.2 V and 3.5 respectively.
3.2.2.2 Comparator
The main requirement of the comparator is the input voltage swing that must cope with
the dynamic range of the ramp. As the ramp signal is shifted toward the 2.5-V supply
voltage an N-type pair forms the input (Fig. 3.9). Like in the design of the op-amp of the
controller, a bipolar input pair is used for high gain and high bandwidth purpose. Another
benet brought by a bipolar pair is the small coupling of the inputs that prevents a leakage
of the HF ramp to the low frequency error signal from the controller.
- 51 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Fig. 3.9. PWM comparator
Fig. 3.10. Delay cell
A 63 dB DC gain is achieved for a power consumption of 720 µW , and the gain is 51 dB
at 200 MHz. The comparison delay is about 450 ps, which is very small compared to the
delay margin computed in paragraph 3.2.1.2. Pulses as short as 5% of the switching period
can be provided since the PWM signal has less than 100 ps rise/fall time.
3.3 Dead-time controller
A nonoverlapping scheme is applied to avoid a simultaneous conduction of power tran-
sistors during the transition of the PWM signal. The aim of the dead-time controller, which
realize this nonoverlapping, is to manage the two independent dead-times described in para-
graph 2.2.4. The control voltages for both the high-side and the low-side drivers are produced
by logic operations on the PWM signal from the comparator and two delayed copies of this
signal (Fig. 2.17). Signals Vgs,ctrl and Vgs,sync refer to the gate-source voltage of respectively
the control (or high-side) transistor and the synchronous (or low-side) transistor.
The delay cell consists of a chain of inverters with a controlled bias current (Fig. 3.10). A
constant bias current is applied to the inverters of the delay cell that produces td1 whereas a
variable bias current depending on the input reference voltage V ref is applied for td2 thanks
to a transconductance amplier (Fig. 3.11).
- 52 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.4 Power stage
Fig. 3.11. Transconductance amplier
An appropriate transconductance is needed for an optimum delay td2 dened by eq. 2.30
in chapter 2. The delay ∆tinv of the chain of inverters is inversely proportional to the bias
current Ibias according to eq. 3.3 where k is a process-dependent factor that is computed by
simulation.
∆tinv =k
Ibias(3.3)
The bias current corresponding to the optimum delay is given by eq. 3.4 and leads to
the required transconductance Gm.
Ibias =kβ
CLXRPAVbatVref = GmVref (3.4)
The transconductance resulting from these design parameters is approximately 100 µS.
The implementation is performed with the resistance Rgm of 10 kΩ and the ratio of 10
between the output transistors of the transconductance amplier.
3.4 Power stage
3.4.1 Power transistors
The standard MOSFETs in 0.25-µm BiCMOS have a breakdown voltage of 2.7 V, which
is below the nominal battery voltage and therefore prevents the use of such devices as power
transistors in the power stage. Bipolar transistors may be a solution but have an on-state
voltage drop of approximately 0.3 V which is too high giving the small operating voltage
range of the converter. The Drain-extension MOSFETs, LDEMOS, provided by the process
appear as the good candidate for the power stage.
A view is presented in Fig. 3.12. The gate-source interface is a standard dielectric and
thus operates at 2.5V. Multiple dopings extend the drain zone and decrease the electric eld
between the gate and the drain silicided contacts. A voltage as high as 15 V can be applied
on the drain with respect to the gate and the source.
- 53 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Fig. 3.12. Cross section view of a NLDEMOS designed in ST 's 0.25-µm BiCMOS
Both P and N-types drain-extension transistors are available; but as usually the P device
is three times as big as the N device for the same current capability and channel resistance.
For this reason an NLDEMOS is used to implement both hide-side and low-side switches.
Besides this choice saves an extra process mask since the PLDEMOS requires one more layer
than the NLDEMOS.
The optimal width of 7.4 mm is computed using eq. 2.21 with the following inputs:
R0on = 2828 Ω.µm, C0
sw = 1.6 · 2.5 fF/µm, V DD = 2.5 V , F s = 200 MHz , d = 0.5 and
IRMS =√dIload = 306 mA (I load is given by Tab. 3.1). The actual duty cycle is 0.8 but
it would lead to dierent sizes for the low-side and the high-side switches. Instead taking a
duty cycle of 0.5 gives a same size for both switches (slightly dierent from the optimum)
and increases the eciency at low output power.
By the time the test-chip was layouted, power transistors of width of 7 mm were used
instead of the value indicated above.
3.4.2 Driver
The optimal number and sizes of inverters of the driver are determined by the equivalent
gate capacitance of the power transistor and that of the rst inverter (width of 13 and 4 µm
respectively for the PMOS and the NMOS). Both values of capacitance are obtained from
a large signal transient simulation: 17 pF for the gate of the power switch and 42 fF for the
rst inverter. This leads to a 6-stage buer.
The transistors of the hide-side driver are layouted inside an isolated well because they
operate in a oating voltage domain as explained hereafter and therefore cannot share the
same substrate as the those of the low-side driver.
3.4.3 Boostrap supply
With a dual N-type power stage it is necessary to generate a extra voltage level for the
control of the hide-side transistor. A boostrap supply (Fig. 3.13) is designed to ensure the
control of this switch with the appropriate gate-source voltage. When the hide-side switch is
turned on, its source voltage is close to the drain voltage. The gate voltage must therefore be
- 54 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.4 Power stage
(a) schematic (b) waveforms
Fig. 3.13. Boostrap supply
higher than the drain voltage by a voltage oset close to V DD. When the hide-side transistor
is turned o, its source is grounded (connected to the LX node) by the low-side transistor;
its driver then clamps the gate to the LX node.
The capacitor Cboost provides the charge required to turn on the transistor and maintains
a supply voltage of Vbuffer,hs ≈ VDD − Vsht ≈ 2.3 V over the driver, with Vsht (≈ 0.2 V )
as the forward voltage across the Schottky diode. At switching time the voltage across the
capacitor Cboost drops by the ratio Cgate/(Cboost +Cgate). In order to have sucient voltage
headroom over the driver during the on-state, Cboost should be at least ten times as large as
the gate capacitance Cgate. But a too large Cboost would make hard to integrate it on-chip,
which is necessary since the fast transients of the switching do not allow to use an external
capacitor connected through bondwires. For this test-chip Cboost is xed to about 300 pF
and costs 220 µm*180 µm; the voltage swing of the hide-side transistor during the on-state
is 2.2 V.
3.4.4 Voltage level-shifter
A voltage level shifter is the interface between the hide-side driver and the dead-time
control because theses two circuits do not share the same supply rails. The signal from
the dead-time controller switches between V DD and the ground whereas the input of the
high-side driver is between the LX voltage and the boostrap voltage V boost.
As the switching frequency becomes very high, it is imperative to have a fast switching
of the output of the level-shifter, i.e. short rise/fall time for the output signal. Conventional
static voltage level-shifters are attractive since they have no DC power consumption. But
they have a slow transient response. Instead a level-shifter with a DC bias provides short
rise/fall time at output with an small power consumption. As shown in Fig. 3.14 it is
basically a dierential pair with an output stage connected between V boost and the LX node.
Though the voltage V boost can be as high as 7 V the top devices experience no voltage stress
- 55 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Fig. 3.14. Schematic of the voltage level-shifter
thanks to capacitor Cboost which acts as a decoupling capacitor and keeps the dierential
voltage Vboost−VLX almost constant ; only the input pair transistors have their drain voltage
at Vboost − Vgs,pmos = Vbat + Vbuffer,hs − Vgs,pmos = 3.6 + 2.3 − 0.8 = 5.1 V when the high-
side transistor is on. For this reason the input pair is designed with NLDEMOS transistors
and does not require a matching of transistors that is otherwise not easy with NLDEMOS
transistors. The overall DC consumption, 1.2 mW, is negligible when compared to the
hundred of mW due to the switching of the power stage.
Though unnecessary, a voltage level-shifter is inserted in front of the driver of the syn-
chronous switch for delay matching with the driver of the control switch.
3.5 Assembling and layout
The assembly of the dierent blocks of the SMPS requires to take into account the
packaging and test conditions for blocks placement because the converter consists of analog
circuits with a dierent sensitivity to ground noise, delay through interconnects and path
resistance. Parasitic eects such as bond wires inductance and resistance, capacitance due to
bond pads have to be modeled and simulated before validating the SMPS. Their impacts on
the eciency and the stability of the converter can then be estimated. This approach allows
to test the robustness of the system and determine a decoupling strategy. Like PCB and
package parasitics, layout parasistics also need to be checked. Most EDA simulators provide
a Post-Layout Simulation (PLS) that includes a ne modeling of interconnects resistance,
capacitance and inductance as well. This simulation can be performed along with parametric
simulations based on temperature and process spread. For sensitive circuits like op-amps,
the best checking way is still a Monte-Carlo PLS. Yet the bottleneck in the design of the
SMPS remains the layout of the power stage, the placement of the blocks and the ground
- 56 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.5 Assembling and layout
Fig. 3.15. Layout of the SMPS
planes connection.
3.5.1 Blocks placement and layout
The priority in block placement goes to the power stage that needs to be very close
to the bond pads in order to minimize the resistance in the current path. Multiple pads
are necessary for power stage input and output pins to decrease both bond wire equivalent
resistance and inductance. Indeed the pulse current of the power stage creates large spikes on
the internal supply voltage when the bond wire equivalent inductance is signicant. Besides
decreasing the bond wire inductance helps to reduce the required decoupling capacitance as
will be discussed in paragraph 3.5.3. Another benet of multiple bond pads is the resulting
low bond wire resistance, so its power dissipation remains small. Usually two or three bond
pads are necessary because a typical bond wire resistance is 100 mΩ which is far from being
negligible when compared to power switches 400 mΩ resistance.
As shown in Fig. 3.15 the power transistors and their drivers are disposed very closely
to the bond pads. The circuits that carry low currents can be placed far away from their
respective pads without a signicant consequence. Only the clock input's 50-Ωtermination
resistor needs to be very close to the bond pads in order to prevent a ground bounce, due
to its large pulse current, near other analog circuits.
Large metal paths are required to access drain and source pins of power transistors.
Fortunately a thick copper layer is available in ST 0.25-µm BiCMOS process and is used for
the routing of all power paths. The parasitic capacitance added by the large interconnects
is very low compared to the transistor intrinsic parasitic capacitance.
The low power logic and analog circuits are layouted and interconnected with bottom
metal layers that are more resistive than the thick copper.
3.5.2 Ground planes connection
The dierence of sensitivity to ground noise requires a global management of ground
planes on-chip and on the test printed circuit board (PCB). The ringings of the supply rail
and the ground plane due to the input pulse current of the power stage are incompatible
- 57 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Fig. 3.16. Ground planes connection
with the analog circuits and can hardly be handled with a reasonable decoupling. The
approach adopted is to design a separate ground plane for the low power logic and analog
circuits. A supply rail is therefore dedicated to analog circuits and low power logic blocks
while the power stage is connected to the battery voltage and to a secondary ground plane
(Fig. 3.16). Though working under the same voltage (2.5 V) as the analog parts, the low-
side switch's driver is supplied with a separate rail and shares the same ground plane as the
power transistors.
For a good regulation of the output voltage the load's ground plane should be connected
to the controller's ground plane. As the controller and the load are respectively on-chip and
o-chip, the connection of their ground planes is performed through a bond wire. The load
ground plane is therefore dierent from the power stage ground plane in order to prevent
large spikes to appear in the vicinity of the controller. Such ground planes allocation makes
the internal ground plane of the power transistors less disturbed with respect to load ground
plane because the current through the bond wire lbvss1 is nearly constant (and equal to the
lter inductance's current).
3.5.3 Decoupling method
The decoupling of supply voltage is essential for a switching system like the SMPS to
be fully operative and compatible with other circuits sharing the same supply source. For a
buck converter the ringings on supply voltage are caused by the input pulse currents passing
through the parasitic inductance of the PCB and the bond wires. With a fast switching power
stage, the overshoots on internal supply voltage due to the LpdIdtmay be destructive for power
stage transistors. Usually a series of decoupling capacitors are placed on the PCB between
- 58 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.5 Assembling and layout
Fig. 3.17. Simulation of the internal supply voltage spikes without an on-chip decoupling
the chip and the battery to decrease the impedance of the PCB's parasitic inductance. Large
SMD capacitors can be used for an ecient decoupling of the supply voltage on the PCB.
But the bottleneck in high frequency decoupling is the bond wire equivalent inductance that
cannot be arbitrarily low. Ultimately a lower limit is xed by the package size and the leads'
length. A typical bond wire equivalent inductance is around 1 nH (for a 1-mm long bond
wire or package lead); this value can vary depending on the type of package. Increasing the
number of bond pads is a way to decrease this inductance but it is not always possible to
allocate more than two pads to a single signal on a complex multipins chip. At 200 MHz
switching frequency that inductance has an impedance of 2.5 Ω (both upper and lower supply
rails are connected through an 1-nH inductance). Fig. 3.17 shows the spikes of the internal
supply voltage due to such inductance for a 200MHz switching frequency and 400 mA load
current, assuming an appropriate decoupling on the PCB. This example shows clearly that
an on-chip decoupling capacitor is necessary for an internal supply voltage integrity.
Two requirements determine the sizing of the on-chip decoupling capacitance: the rst
one is its limited size due to the area penalty and the second one is the damping of the
resonance with bond wire inductance. Because of the poor density of on-chip capacitor,
the decoupling usually takes a very large area on analog circuits. The issue becomes more
complicated with a switching circuit that generates additional noise on the supply voltage.
The resonance of the decoupling capacitor with the bond wire inductance is damped by
inserting a resistor in series with the capacitor. The optimal resistance (eq. 3.5) corresponds
to a maximally at frequency response:
Rs > 2
√2LbondCdec
(3.5)
where Lbond and Cdec are respectively the bond wire equivalent inductance for one supply
pin and the on-chip decoupling capacitance. The capacitance should be suciently high to
guarantee that the resonance frequency is lower than the switching frequency (Fig. 3.18).
In this way the decoupling impedance is dominated by the resistor beyond the resonance
frequency and the input AC current ows through the resistor and the capacitor instead of
owing through the bond wires. This is very convenient because the converter then pulls
only a DC current from the battery and does not therefore bring any signicant noise on
- 59 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
(a) impedance for two dierent on-chip decouplings (b) internal supply voltage
(c) schematic
Fig. 3.18. Decoupling network
the PCB's supply rail. With 1 nH bond wire inductance and 500 pF on-chip capacitance
the optimal series resistance is 4 Ω. The power dissipation due to such a resistance may
be high in heavy load condition and causes a signicant eciency drop. For a 400 mA
load current and an output voltage equals to half the battery voltage (the worst case), the
power dissipated by a 4 Ω series resistance is 160 mW according to eq. 3.6. This represents
more than 20% of the output power for a 3.6 V battery voltage and is too much because
it is higher than the intrinsic power losses such as the switching losses (98 mW) and the
conduction losses (64 mW) of the power transistors.
PRs = RsI2loadd(1− d) (3.6)
The decoupling capacitance must be increased in order to maintain its series resistance
to an acceptable value that satises eq. 3.5. A maximum power dissipation of 40 mW,
for instance, corresponds to a 1 Ω resistance and thus requires a 4 nF on-chip capacitance.
In 0.25-µm BiCMOS technology the area occupied by such a capacitor designed with MIM
capacitors of 5-fF/µm2 density is 0.8 mm2. This surface is at least four times as large as the
power stage of the converter.
- 60 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.6 Top-level simulation results
3.5.4 ESD protection
The protection of ICs against Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) is a necessary measure to
guarantee the reliability. In this test-chip, ESD protection is used only on the low power
2.5V part of the pads ring. It cannot be used on the supply nodes connected to battery of
the power stage and the LX node because the switching of the power stage may lead to false
alarms and prevent the correct operation of the SMPS.
3.6 Top-level simulation results
The design robustness is veried through top-level simulations where most of the para-
sitics are modeled. For instance the output lter is implemented with commercial surface-
mounted inductor and capacitor that are dierent from the simple devices provided by EDA
tools libraries. Fortunately models provided by manufacturers, either in RLC elements or in
S -parameters format, give accurate details. The simulations performed with these parasitic
eects allow to check the circuit sensitivity to PCB parasitics, temperature and fabrication
process variation.
The integrity of the control signals is preserved as shown in Fig. 3.19 which plots the main
signals of the SMPS for a DC reference signal. Most signals in this gure can be observed
at PCB level except the coil current and the PWM signal. An accurate measure of the coil
current can only be done through a series resistor that creates more power dissipation. Also
probing the PWM signal or the gate voltage of the power transistors brings a large amount
of capacitance on those nodes and impacts the transient performance of the SMPS. Those
nodes are therefore only checked in simulation to ensure that rise and fall times and the
voltage swing are acceptable.
3.6.1 Eciency
The eciency η is dened as the ratio of the power supplied to the load to the total
input power drawn from the battery (eq. 3.7). Although in polar modulation the SMPS
operates with variable output voltage, the eciency analysis is carried out for a DC output
voltage. For a variable reference an average eciency can be computed instead over the
output voltage range [vmin, vmax] according to eq. 3.8.
η =Vout · IoutPbat
(3.7)
ηavg =1
vmax − vmin
vmax∫vmin
η (v) dv (3.8)
The power supplied by the battery consists of the SMPS input power P in = Vbat · Iin, thepower consumption of the drivers P drv = Vbat·Idrv and that of analog circuits P ana = Vbat·Iana
- 61 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
-1.00.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.5
Vol
tage
(V
)
-0.20.20.61.01.41.82.22.6
Vol
tage
(V
)
-0.20.20.61.01.4
2.0
Vol
tage
(V
)
260.0M
300.0M
340.0M
400.0M
Cur
rent
(A
)
Vlx
Vgsctrl
Vgssync
Ramp
Verror
PWM
Vout
Vref
IL
4.360U 4.362U 4.364U 4.366U 4.368U 4.370U 4.372U 4.374U 4.376U 4.378UTime (s)
Fig. 3.19. Simulation with layout and PCB parasitic eects
(controller, modulation, dead-time controller, ...). Though the drivers and the analog circuits
are biased with 2.5 V, we take into account the fact that this voltage is generated by an
LDO (not implemented in this test-chip). Hence the resulting power consumption is higher
than what is obtained when 2.5 V is considered.
Since the SMPS is optimized for high output power, the eciency is poor in light load
condition because of the switching losses (Fig. 3.20). At large output power (or output
current) the eciency goes high and is further increased for large duty cycles when the low-
side switch is no longer turned on, thus decreasing the switching losses. The comparison
with the theoretical eciency of an LDO shows a larger eciency for the SMPS despite the
very high switching frequency (Fig. 3.20).
3.6.2 Frequency response
The analysis of the SMPS in frequency domain is an important step in quantifying the
inuence of the variation of the parameters of the LC lter and the controller because of the
fabrication process or the temperature. Moreover it allows a quick check of the consequences
of the arbitrary choices of the designer. But transient simulations must be performed to
validate the impact on the operation of the SMPS.
The lter parameters selected in section 3.1 make the frequency response of the SMPS
to dier from the optimum discussed in chapter 2. Since the damping factor of about 0.5
(resulting from the 51 nH inductance and the 4.7 nF capacitance) is below the optimal value
of 0.7, it is worthwhile to determine the shape of the actual frequency response through
an AC simulation. The plot of Fig. 3.21 shows indeed an increase of the closed-loop gain
- 62 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.6 Top-level simulation results
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 5000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Output current (mA)
η (%
)
LDO
SMPS
Low−sideswitch off
Fig. 3.20. Simulated eciency of the buck converter for a 6 Ω load resistance andVbat=3.6 V
around 18 MHz as a consequence of the underdamping of the lter. However the relative
gain variation obtained in transient simulation is negligible from DC up to 10 MHz (Fig.
3.21b). The peak gain around 18 MHz is 4.4 and thus is not too far from the target gain of
β = 3. Besides the largest gain variations occur in a frequency range far beyond the large
signal bandwidth of the WCDMA envelope.
Like the closed-loop gain the group delay is nearly constant in the bandwidth (Fig. 3.21c)
and experiences a relative variation of about 50% only at frequencies beyond the large signal
bandwidth of the envelope. The simulation with the WCDMA envelope shows a correct
amplication of the signal with few distortion (Fig. 3.22).
3.6.3 Duty cycle and output voltage range
The dynamic range of the output voltage i.e. the duty cycle of the LX voltage is a key
parameter for signal integrity. In EER an insucient dynamic range results in a saturation
i.e. a clipping of the output voltage which increases the harmonic distortion. In order to
avoid the clipping of the output voltage, the maximum input reference voltage is limited to
dmaxVbat/β.
Another consequence of insucient output voltage range is the pulse-skipping phenomenon.
Because of the dead-time the duty cycle of the LX voltage is lower than the actual duty cycle
of the PWM signal. When the duty cycle of the PWM signal reaches its maximum value of
about 95%, the corresponding duty cycle for the LX voltage is only about 75% which leads
- 63 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Vol
tage
(V
)
-180.0-160.0
-140.0
-120.0
-100.0
-80.0
-60.0
-40.0
-20.0
0.0
Pha
se (
degr
ees)
Gain
Phase
100.0K 1.0MEG500300200 10.0MEG5432 100.0MEG50403020
Frequency (Hz)100.0K
(a) AC simulation
106
1070
1
2
3
4
5
Frequency (Hz)
Gai
n
(b) Gain computed from transient simulation
106
1070
5
10
15
20
Frequency (Hz)
τ (n
s)
(c) Delay computed from transient simulation
Fig. 3.21. Simulated frequency response of the SMPS
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
2.2
Vol
tage
(V
)
VPA
VREF
1.0U 1.5U 2.0U 2.5U 3.0U 3.5U 4.0U 4.5U 5.0U 5.5U 6.0U 6.5UTime (s)
1.0U
Fig. 3.22. WCDMA envelope tracking
- 64 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.7 Measurements results
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Vol
tage
(V
)
0.45612
0.16903
2.56736
0.87428
VPA
VREF
2.5U 3.0U 3.5U 4.0U 4.5U 5.0U 5.5U 6.0U 6.5U 7.0U 7.5U 8.0UTime (s)
C1: 3.84471UC2: 7.37103U (dx = 3.52632U)
2.5U
Fig. 3.23. Simulated output voltage range without pulse-skipping (Vout is top and Vref isbottom
to an output voltage of 0.75Vbat. Therefore a pulse-skipping occurs for any output voltage
above this value.
The pulse-skipping leads to a sub-harmonic switching of the power stage. As a conse-
quence, the ripple noise then increases, as shown in Fig. 3.23 beyond the second cursor. In a
spectral point of view, spurious frequencies localized around 1/2, 1/2, 2/3 ... appears in the
spectrum of the output signal. This may overshadow the benet of high switching frequency
because sub-harmonics spurious frequencies fall in near channels. For signal integrity it is
necessary to keep the output voltage within the dynamic range where pulse-skipping and
voltage clipping do not occur.
3.7 Measurements results
The buck converter was tested, unpackaged, on a PCB to which it was connected through
bond wires (Fig. 3.24). Main results obtained from the test chip called PLUTONIUM are
presented in this section. The measurements conditions have a strong inuence on the results
and have been taken into account during top-level simulations before the chip was sent for
fabrication.
3.7.1 Measurements setup
Two kinds of probing are performed during the measurements: the I-V measurements
through volt- and amperemeters, and the observation of input/output signals with an oscil-
loscope and a spectrum analyzer. The I-V measurements are intended for accurate compu-
tation of the eciency and thus require a dedicated amperemeter to determine the current
- 65 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
(a) Test board
(b) Chip connection to the PCB
Fig. 3.24. Measurements board
- 66 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.7 Measurements results
through each block: the power stage, the control circuit and the load, and a voltmeter for
the output voltage measure. Drivers current is measured separately from the SMPS input
current in order to determine switching losses variation with frequency and drivers supply
voltage.
A large bandwidth oscilloscope, terminated by 50 Ω impedance, is used to probe the LX
node voltage, the output voltage and the clock signal on the PCB because of the relatively
high switching frequency. A sine wave input is used for the clock signal instead of a square
wave that would generate unwanted high frequency harmonics on the PCB in the vicinity
of low-power signal traces such as the reference voltage. As the output voltage exhibits
low ripple voltage, the spectrum analyzer allows to estimate the magnitude of the spurious
frequencies.
All measurements are carried out with a 5.6-Ω resistor substituted to the PA since this
is the closest normalized value to the PA equivalent resistance.
Important notice: A major concern with this test-chip, is the insucient on-chip decou-
pling capacitance, which is only 64 pF and is designed with 15 Ω damping resistance. This
decoupling capacitance is not optimized because the test-chip was sent to fabrication before
the development of the decoupling method presented in the paragraph 3.5.3. The perfor-
mance of the SMPS is then impacted, especially in terms of power eciency, as we will see
it in this section. A large voltage drop and a long settling time of the internal power supply
voltage are also among the consequences of this weak decoupling. These issues lead us to
perform some measurements, such as dead time, in at switching frequencies lower than 200
MHz.
3.7.2 Steady-state measurements
The dynamic range of the output voltage is measured in both open-loop and closed-
loop situations. As discussed in subsection 3.6.3, the dynamic range corresponds to the
output voltage values without any pulse-skipping of the power stage. In our measurements,
a spectrum analyzer is connected to the output of the SMPS and allows to check when
the pulse-skipping occurs because this phenomenon is accompanied by the presence of sub-
harmonics of the switching frequency (200 MHz) in the spectrum of the output voltage.
In open-loop condition with a battery voltage of 3.6 V, a square wave with variable duty
cycle is applied to the clock input of the SMPS (Fig. 3.25). The measured output voltage
can vary between 0.4 V and 2.4 V without any pulse-skipping. Whereas in closed-loop the
dynamic range seems slightly larger. In this case a sawtooth signal of 1 kHz is used as the
reference voltage. The resulting output voltage is shown in Fig. 3.26 where the output goes
from about 0.3 to 2.8 V. Indeed the dynamic range is slightly larger because the controller
imposes the output voltage to track the reference voltage and attenuates the eect of the
pulse-skipping when it occurs.
- 67 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
(a) d=0.2 (b) d=0.55
(c) d=0.75
Fig. 3.25. Input clock (200 MHz) and resulting LX voltage in open-loop condition
Fig. 3.26. Measured output voltage range using a 1 kHz sawtooth reference voltage
- 68 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.7 Measurements results
(a) Fs=120 MHz
(b) Fs=139 MHz
Fig. 3.27. Reduction of the dead-time with the implemented control
3.7.3 Dynamic measurements
The probing of the output node LX shows an undershoot followed by an overshoot when
the signal goes from low to high because of the oscillation between the bond wires and the
on-chip decoupling capacitor. Although the internal supply node is not probed directly, it
can be seen from the shape of the LX node voltage that the supply voltage drops seriously
when the high-side transistor is switched on (Fig. 3.25c). The issue becomes more evident
with a large load current because the decoupling impedance causes a high drop. Thus it was
not possible to reach very low and large duty cycles, as required by the specications for
WCDMA polar modulation.
Thanks to our dead-time control, the body diode's conduction is reduced though not as
much as we could expect with regards to simulation results. The measures shown in Fig.
3.27a and 3.27b are performed with respectively 120 and 139 MHz of switching frequency,
and not at 200 MHz in order to show clearly the duration of the body diode's conduction.
Two waveforms are displayed: one when the SMPS works with a xed dead-time and another
with a controlled dead-time.
3.7.4 Reference tracking
During measurements, we found an instability of the feedback loop of the SMPS for large
output voltage. Afterwards, simulations, have shown that the instability is due to the local
- 69 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
(a) simulation (b) measure
Fig. 3.28. Output voltage for a 2 MHz sine reference signal
Fig. 3.29. Spectrum of the output voltage for a 2 MHz and 411 mVpp sine voltage
feedback around the error amplier. This issue is partially arranged by decreasing the bias
current of that circuit, hence decreasing the regulation bandwidth of the DC/DC converter.
The SMPS has then been tested with DC and variable reference voltage. The experimen-
tal waveforms observed on the oscilloscope show a good correlation with the simulation as
can be seen in Fig. 3.28. The spurious frequencies are localized around the intermodulation
frequencies of the switching frequency and the reference signal frequency as predicted by the
analysis given in paragraph 2.2.2 (Fig. 3.29). However the spectrum exhibits second and
third order harmonics but they are at least 30 dB below the reference tone.
- 70 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.7 Measurements results
3.7.5 Measured eciency
The eciency of the SMPS is computed according to eq. 3.7 in DC output voltage
condition, without the pulse-skipping phenomenon. The computation procedure described
in paragraph 3.6.1 corresponds to the raw eciency of the converter taking into account
all subcircuits added for the test. Dierent values of the battery voltage and the supply
voltage of the drivers have been applied in order to check the impact on the eciency.
When compared to the simulation, the measured eciency shows a substantial decrease
for large output current (Fig. 3.30). This is the consequence of the power losses in the
on-chip decoupling. Indeed whereas an on-chip decoupling capacitance of as much as 4
nF is needed because of the bond wire parasitic inductance of about 2 nH, only 64 pF
has been implemented. By the time this test-chip was designed, the on-chip decoupling
capacitance was not selected according to the recommendation made in section 3.5.3. The
series resistance required to damp enough the resonance of this tiny capacitor with the bond
wire is 15 Ω, which is quite high and results in very high ohmic power dissipation. For
instance in simulation we found a power dissipation of 130 mW through this series resistor
when the output power of the SMPS is 820 mW.
Knowing that this ohmic dissipation is only due to an ineective decoupling of the chip
and is thus not part of the intrinsic power dissipation of the SMPS such as the power losses
of the power transistors or the ohmic losses of the lter inductor, we then de-embedded it
from our measurements afterwards. There can be some claims about the fairness of this
approach, but we insist that the decoupling, though necessary, is not a key element of
a SMPS and therefore should not be considered as participant to its eciency. Thus the
simulated eciency is presented in Fig. 3.30 along with the measured eciency in both cases
the dissipation of the decoupling is included and is de-embedded. The dierence between
the de-embedded eciency and the simulated eciency comes from the switching losses
which are lower in measurements, probably because of a lower gate voltage swing than in
simulation. The close correlation of the two curves shows the good accuracy of the Design
Kit and the parasitics models.
3.7.5.1 Eciency variation with battery voltage
In this series of measurements the eciency of the DC/DC converter is measured when
the battery voltage is varied from 3 V (depleted) to 4.3 V (charged). The available output
voltage swing is dierent for each battery voltage because of the large overshoot on the
internal supply voltage node, due to insucient on-chip decoupling capacitance, that makes
it impossible to reach high output voltage. With a battery voltage of 3.6 V the output
voltage cannot be higher than 2.4 V (with a maximum output current of 364 mA, slightly
less than the 440 mA specied). Whereas a maximum output power of about 1300 mW
could be reached with a battery voltage of 4.3 V, it is only about 650 mW when the battery
voltage is 3 V.
- 71 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
0 200 400 600 800 100010
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Output power (mW)
η (%
)
Simulation
De−emb. meas.
Emb. meas.
Fig. 3.30. Comparison of measured and simulated eciencies (Vbat=3.6 V)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400
Output power (mW)
Effic
ienc
y (%
)
Vbat=3 V Vbat=3.6 V
Vbat=4.3 V
Fig. 3.31. Corrected eciency for dierent battery voltages
Although the supply voltage of the drivers is 2.5 V during all the measurements (on the
PCB), the switching losses increases with the battery voltage. As shown in Fig. 3.31, this
impacts the eciency at low output power for a high battery voltage. The peak eciency is
about 79% and can be higher, like in simulation, if high output power could be reached with
an eective decoupling. Indeed subsequent analyses have shown a close correlation between
the extracted parasitics and the models of the Design Kit.
3.7.5.2 Power dissipation breakdown
The analysis of the eciency curves in the previous section shows a heavy impact of
switching losses, especially from low to medium output power. A breakdown of the total
power loss of the DC/DC converter conrms their overwhelming contribution in this power
range (Fig. 3.32a). Even around 1 W of output power, the switching losses still make about
half of the overall power losses (Fig. 3.32b). This illustrates how dicult it is to design a
power converter that is ecient over a wide range of power.
The ohmic losses in Fig. 3.32 consist of the channel resistance of the power transistors
(Rdson), the series resistance of the inductor (RL) and the bond wires resistance (Rbond).
- 72 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.7 Measurements results
Pdrivers
Pohmic
12
Rdson
Pdiode
Panalog
•Ploss
=198.66 mW
•η=41.77%
•ηLDO
=39.44%
1:Rbond
2:RL
1 2 3 40
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
(a) Pout=325 mW (Vout=1.42 V and Iout=229 mA)
Pdrivers
Pohmic
RbondR
L
Rdson
Pdiode
Panalog
•Ploss
=256.83 mW
•η=77.96%
•ηLDO
=64.36%
1 2 3 40
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
0.3
0.35
0.4
0.45
(b) Pout=820 mW (Vout=2.32 V and Iout=354 mA)
Fig. 3.32. Breakdown of the total power loss (Ploss) of the SMPS with Vbat=3.6 V
Their contribution is proportional to the output power and determines the eciency at large
output power. But they are not the only contributors of some importance. The conduction
losses of the body-diode during the dead-time, estimated to around 1/10 of the switching
period, is not as low as we found in the simulation.
Analog circuits have a constant power consumption that is very small compared to those
of the other contributors. So there is no reason to make some economy on the bias current
of these circuits, especially the error amplier, the comparator and the ramp generator.
The theoretical eciency of a LDO is given in Fig. 3.32 to show the advantage of the
SMPS, despite its complexity.
3.7.6 Parasitics extraction
The extraction of parasitics is worthwhile because it helps to estimate the accuracy of
Design Kit models and also the approximation made on the models of package and PCB
parasitics. We used dynamic and static tests to determine some relevant parasitics DC
resistance and capacitance respectively. The aim is to improve the quality of the design, the
layout and the test board for subsequent projects.
3.7.6.1 Resistance extraction
The test bench of Fig. 3.33 was designed to determine the channel resistance of the
power transistor, the interconnects resistance and the DC resistance of bond wires. The
synchronous switch is turn-on and operates in the linear region; a xed current source is
substituted to the load resistor. A voltmeter is successively connected in ve dierent con-
gurations (between positions A, B, VSS and Ground) that results in combinations of power
transistor's channel resistance, the bond wire resistance and the series resistance of the in-
ductor. The values obtained are 364 mΩ, 100 mΩ and 75 mΩ respectively for the channel
- 73 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Fig. 3.33. Test bench designed for parasitic resistance extraction
resistance of the power transistors, the bond wire resistance and the series resistance of the
inductor. The simulation with the Design Kit models gives 366 mΩ for the power transistor's
channel resistance and the datasheet of the Coilcraft surface-mounted inductor indicates a
75 mΩ series DC resistance. The AC resistance cannot be determined with this technique
but it is not relevant because the value given in the datasheet is not signicant.
3.7.6.2 Capacitance extraction
The measure of the drivers' power consumption is a way to estimate the equivalent gate
capacitance of the power transistors. The approach adopted here is based on the linear
variation of this power consumption with the switching frequency (fsCV2). The capacitance
can be determined from the slope of the curve in Fig. 3.34. As discussed in section 2.2, nearly
62% of this capacitance is due to the power transistors and the remain part to the drivers.
This makes a 15.5 pF of gate capacitance for each power transistor, considering a voltage
swing of 2.5 V. The result is close to the 17 pF evaluated by simulation (see paragraph 3.4.2).
The equivalent capacitance on the LX node can be estimated by two ways: either from
the discharge time of this node on the oscilloscope or from the input power of the SMPS at
no load condition. This last technique is more accurate because the discharge is too short,
about few hundreds of ps, to be measured with great accuracy on the oscilloscope. When
the load resistor is disconnected, the input power of SMPS consists of the switching power
losses of the capacitance CLX and the ohmic losses of the channel resistance of the power
transistors due to the ripple current of the lter inductor. These ohmic losses are negligible
(less than 1 mW), so in our case the input power of the SMPS, which is about 47 mW,
consists mainly of the switching losses of the capacitance CLX . With a battery voltage of
about 3.6 V, we found the capacitance CLX approximately equal to 19 pF. This value also
is quite close to 17 pF obtained from the simulation, which is used to design the adaptive
- 74 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.8 Discussion and conclusion
y = 0.3101x + 1.6156
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
100 120 140 160 180 200 220Switching frequency (MHz)
Switc
hing
loss
es (m
W)
Fig. 3.34. Variation of gate drive losses vs. the switching frequency
dead-time controller.
3.8 Discussion and conclusion
In this chapter we have demonstrated the practical use of our methodology for the design
of a high-frequency SMPS. The simulation and measurements results come from the rst test-
chip designed during this thesis and therefore as such, does fully follow the recommendation
specied later in the methodology. Yet the results are interesting as they illustrate some key
elements of the design of the SMPS and are useful for future projects on the topic of high
frequency DC/DC converters.
The schematics proposed here to implement the building blocks of the control circuit (er-
ror amplier, ramp generator, dead-time controller, ...) can be improved for more robustness
to temperature, devices mismatch and fabrication process variations. But the design and
the layout of the power stage remain the backbone of the SMPS. While the performance of
the control circuit is improved with a little more power consumption, only a change of archi-
tecture can overcome the fundamental limits in terms of eciency of the conventional power
stage. The aim of the new architecture is to enhance the eciency, especially in light load
condition, while maintaining the high switching frequency and its subsequent advantages.
3.8.1 Eciency improvement
The improvement of the eciency requires the reduction of the main sources of power
dissipation presented in Fig. 3.32. Among these, the switching losses are the most signicant
and are responsible of the low eciency obtained for low output power. In order to decrease
the switching losses, a direct and eective way is to reduce the switched gate capacitance or
the gate voltage swing of the power transistors. The rst technique consists of adjusting the
width of the power transistors according to the operating point. A small width is selected
when the SMPS supplies a low output power, hence decreasing the switching losses. The
- 75 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
Technology 0.25-µm BiCMOS
Switching frequency (MHz) 200
Vin range (V) 3∼4.3
Vout range (V) 0.3∼2.4
Max. output current (mA) 451
Filter inductance (nH) 51
Filter capacitance (nF) 4.7
Eciency max. (%) @ Vin=3.6V 79.15
Chip area including pads 1.6x0.6 mm2
Tab. 3.2. Performance summary of the SMPS
width is increased when a large output power is required. A dynamic control can then be
implemented to select the optimal width by a sense of the output voltage or the output
current.
The second technique consists of decreasing the supply voltage of the drivers from the
nominal voltage of the process. For instance a 10% decrease of the voltage swing leads to
20% decrease of the switching. However the increase of the channel resistance prevents to
decrease the gate voltage swing further.
The approach followed in this work is the recycling of the gate drive energy thanks to a
resonant gate driver that is substituted to the conventional driver. A detailed description of
the resonant gate driver is provided in the next chapter.
A global reduction of the switching losses can combine these three techniques as a single
technique cannot provide a high eciency over a large output power range. Instead the
contribution of multiple strategies can bring an eective solution to the eciency of a HF
DC/DC converter working in variable load condition.
3.8.2 Comparison with previous works
Tab. 3.2 summarizes the performance of the fabricated DC/DC converter. A comparison
with the state-of-the-art is given in Tab. 3.3. The switching frequency is almost the same
as in the previous works cited here, except for [14]. But the input voltage range is very
dierent; indeed these works are designed in low-voltage processes that cannot handle the
battery voltage unlike our converter. Therefore they are not suitable for the supply of a PA.
The eciency gures presented in [20, 33, 32] must also take into account the eciency of
the front module that converts the battery voltage to the input voltage, which impacts the
overall eciency.
- 76 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
3.8 Discussion and conclusion
Work [20] [33] [14] [32] This
2005 2007 2008 2009 work
Process 90-nm 0.35-µm 0.25-µm 0.18-µm 0.25-µm
CMOS CMOS BiCMOS BiCMOS BiCMOS
F (MHz) 233 200 130 200 200
Vin (V) 1.4 3.3 3.6 1.8 3.6
Vout (V) 1.1 2.3 3.25 0.9 2.4
Iout (mA) 300 60 663 500 380
L (nH) 4x6.8 22 110 2x2.14 51
C (nF) 2.5 2.5 10 2x8.22 4.7
E. (%) 84.5 62 83 64 79
Output C on-chip LC die LC LC LC
lter L o-chip stacked o-chip on-chip o-chip
Tab. 3.3. Comparison with previous works
- 77 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 3 : Design of the SMPS in CMOS
- 78 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4
Resonant gate drivers
Overview
4.1 Fundamentals of the resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
4.2 Design of the resonant gate driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.4 Experimental results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4.5 Discussion and conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
The conclusion of chapter 3 emphasizes the need for a reduction of switching losses when
increasing the switching frequency. Among the proposed solutions the resonant gate drivers
constitute an interesting topic. In this chapter the fundamentals and the design of resonant
gate drivers are explored. A comparison with a conventional driver, i.e. a chain of inverters,
is performed through a test chip designed in 0.25-µm BiCMOS.
4.1 Fundamentals of the resonant gate driver
4.1.1 State-of-the-art
The basic idea of a resonant gate driver is the charge of the gate capacitance of a power
transistor through an inductor instead of a resistor as it is the case in the conventional
driver. In this way no energy dissipation occurs during both charge and discharge unlike to
a conventional driver. Moreover the energy stored into the inductor can be recovered in the
supply source which further increases the eciency of the driver. Indeed when a capacitor
C is charged through an inductor up to a voltage V, an equal amount of energy is stored
in both devices i.e. 0.5CV 2 (Fig. 4.1a). Similarly when the capacitor is discharged from a
voltage V to 0 through an inductor, its energy is transfered to that inductor. The aim in the
design of a resonant gate drive scheme is to transfer to the supply source the energy stored
in the inductor once the capacitor is charged or discharged. Thus theoretically this charge
and discharge process cost no energy to the supply source.
- 79 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
(a) LC prole (b) RC prole
Fig. 4.1. Charge and discharge of a gate equivalent capacitance
When a capacitor is charged through a resistor to a voltage V, the energy dissipated by
this resistor is equal to the energy stored in the capacitor, 0.5CV 2. During the discharge of
the capacitor this energy is also dissipated, which makes a total energy of CV 2 lost by the
supply source (Fig. 4.1b).
Another dierence between the resonant gate driver and the conventional driver is the
waveform of the output voltage, i.e. the voltage applied to the gate of the power transistor.
The LC charge and discharge produce an oscillating voltage that must be clamped to either
the supply voltage or the ground if a quasi-square wave is desired to control the power
transistor, which requires additional switches and causes some power dissipation. In [41] a
sine wave voltage is applied to the gate of the power transistor in a class-E boost DC/DC
converter switching at 50 MHz. The same paper introduces also a resonant gate driver that
produces a quasi-square wave voltage on the gate of the power transistor. The converter
that employs this driver is also a class-E boost DC/DC converter switching at 110 MHz
and achieves 87% eciency. Unfortunately the paper does not provide a gure allowing to
estimate the power saving compared to a conventional driver. A low frequency burst control
is used to regulate the output voltage of the converter which creates a large ripple current and
is hardly compatible with the spurious ltering in polar modulation. The drivers are designed
with multiple inductors and capacitors in the range of tens of nH and nF respectively that
cannot be easily integrated and are in fact on the PCB.
On the opposite the design in [42] is realized with a single inductor and four switches,
forming an H (Fig. 4.2). Mpower is the power transistor that has an equivalent gate
capacitance, Cgate. The charge of this capacitance starts when switches M1 and M2 are
respectively turned on and o. The inductor's current rises as well as the gate voltage of the
power transistor until it is clamped by diode D1 (time t1). Then M1 is turned o and the
current owing through the inductor is directed to the supply source thanks to the diode D1
and the body diode of M2. The discharge of the gate capacitance occurs in a similar way;
M2 is turned on and the energy of the gate capacitance is transferred to the inductor. When
the gate capacitance is fully discharged (time t2), M2 is turned o and the inductor's current
is directed to the supply source through D2 and the body diode of M1. Compared to [41]
the driver's schematic is more simple and the gate voltage is a quasi-square waveform like in
- 80 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.1 Fundamentals of the resonant gate driver
(a) schematic (b) waveforms
Fig. 4.2. Resonant gate driver
Fig. 4.3. Proposed resonant gate driver
a conventional driver. A gate drive loss reduction of 45% is reported in [42] with respect to
a conventional driver with 500 kHz of switching frequency and 470 nH of inductance. The
circuit is designed with discrete components on a PCB.
The approach followed in this work is based on a modied version of the schematic of Fig.
4.2. Indeed the diodes D1 and D2 have a forward voltage drop of about 0.7 to 1 V that is
not too signicant when the supply voltage is 5 V as in [42] but is no longer negligible when
a low-voltage CMOS process is considered. Thus a new schematic is proposed where the
diodes are replaced by transistors that provide lower voltage drop during conduction (Fig.
4.3). The principle of operation is described in paragraph 4.1.2. Similar schematics are also
proposed in [43, 44] but apply dierent control sequences and are switched only at 1 MHz.
The impact of the control sequence on the driver's eciency is discussed in section 4.2. As
much as 70% and 24.8% switching loss reduction are reported in [43] and [44] respectively.
4.1.2 Principle of operation
The operation of the proposed resonant gate driver is similar to that of [42] cited previ-
ously, with a dierence due to the control of transistors M3 and M4 that are substituted to
the diodes. A waveform diagram depicted in Fig. 4.4 shows the circuit operation along with
the switches conduction times.
Starting with the power device turned o with its gate voltage clamped to ground voltage
by M4, the charge of the gate begins at t0 when M1 and M4 are respectively turned on and
- 81 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
Fig. 4.4. Waveforms of the proposed resonant gate driver
o, with M2 and M3 remaining o. The transistor M1 is maintained on from t0 to t1 during
which the gate is charged to the supply voltage V DD through the inductor. At t1, M1 is
turned o and M3 is turned on in order to clamp the gate to the supply rail. The inductor's
current then ows to the supply source through M3 and the body diode of M2 from t1 to t2.
Let's note that this electromagnetic energy is equal to the energy of the gate capacitance.
The time interval from t2 to t3 corresponds to the power transistor's on-time.
The discharge of the gate starts when M3 is turned o and M2 turned on. The energy
stored in the gate capacitance is transferred to the inductor from t3 to t4. Once the gate
is fully discharged, M2 and M4 are respectively turned o and on. The energy acquired by
the inductor from the gate capacitance is transferred to the supply source through M4 and
the body diode of M1 from t4 to t5. M4 remains in on-state in order to clamp the gate to
ground voltage during the power transistor's o-time (Fig. 4.4).
The on-time of M1 and M2 is equal to the gate voltage rise/fall time tr,f and can be
computed from the inductor's current expression:
iLR (t) = VDD
√CgateLR
sin
(t√
LRCgate
)(4.1)
tr,f =π
2
√LRCgate (4.2)
The channel resistance of M1-4, the series resistance of the inductance and the gate access
resistance introduce some discrepancies in the charge and discharge proles, and cause also
- 82 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.2 Design of the resonant gate driver
some ohmic power losses. In order to maintain a resonant drive of the gate, it is necessary
to x the characteristic impedance of the LC circuit, Z0 (eq. 4.3) largely above the total
resistance in series with the inductor.
Z0 =
√LRCgate
(4.3)
The inuence of Z0 on the eciency of the resonant gate driver compared to the conven-
tional driver is discussed in next section. But it already appears that while a large inductance
is required for an ecient drive, it also increases the transition time of the gate voltage and
ultimately limits the achievable duty cycle range.
4.2 Design of the resonant gate driver
The design of an optimal resonant gate driver requires a careful analysis of the power
loss mechanisms and the trade-o between velocity and eciency. Unlike the previous works
that operate at relatively low frequency, timing issues and additional switching losses become
critical with switching frequencies in the range considered in this thesis, i.e. above 100 MHz.
Therefore modeling the power losses and evaluating timing mismatch impacts on the energy
recovery are essential to optimize the resonant gate driver.
4.2.1 Modeling of the power losses
The energy dissipation in the resonant gate driver occurs in two ways: conduction and
switching. The rst one is due to the channel resistance of the switches, the series resistance
of the inductor, the gate access resistance and the conduction of the body diodes; while the
second ones is the gate drive loss of switches M1-4. Like the power transistor in chapter
2, the sizing of the these switches requires the determination of their RMS currents from
the conduction diagram (Fig. 4.5) and using the eq. 2.21. The overall power loss of one
transistor is computed from eq. 2.36. Tab. 4.1 summarizes the power loss of each device
or parasitic element of the resonant gate driver including the conduction losses of the series
resistance RLR of the inductor, the gate access resistance Rg and body diodes BD1 and BD2.
All currents listed in the second column are RMS except for the current of the body diodes
(average current).
A quick analysis of Tab. 4.1 shows that all power losses decrease with the characteristic
impedance, i.e. the resonant inductance for a given gate capacitance. Also power losses of
the body diodes become signicant with low-voltage CMOS devices as the forward voltage
drop of the diodes, V d (≈ 0.7V ) is no longer negligible compared to the supply voltage V DD
(2.5 V in our case). As will be discussed in the next paragraph, increasing the resonant
inductance costs some penalties. A fair optimization of the resonant gate driver means to
compare its overall power loss to that of the conventional driver. It is the only basis that
- 83 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
Fig. 4.5. Conduction diagram of driver's components
Device Current Width Power loss
M1-M2 VDD
2
√πfsCgate
Z0
√πR0
onCgate
4C0swZ0
1.3V 2DDfs
√πR0
onC0swCgate
Z0
M3-M4 VDD
√VDDfsCgate
3(VDD+Vd)Z0
√VDDR0
onCgate
3C0sw(VDD+Vd)Z0
2.6V 2DDfs
√VDDR0
onC0swCgate
3(VDD+Vd)Z0
BD1-BD2V 2DDfsCgate
2(VDD+Vd)(average) -
VdV2DDfsCgate
2(VDD+Vd)
RLR VDD
√fsCgate(7VDD+3Vd)
6(VDD+Vd)Z0- RLR
V 2DDfsCgate(7VDD+3Vd)
6(VDD+Vd)Z0
Rg VDD
√πfsCgate
2Z0- Rg
πV 2DDfsCgate
2Z0
Tab. 4.1. Resonant gate driver's power dissipation
may possibly justify the use of such a complex circuit instead of a simple buer. In fact the
optimization consists of nding a resonant inductance that leads to lower power dissipation
with respect to a conventional driver because this is the only variable in the table that can
be tuned.
4.2.2 Comparison with a conventional driver
The criterion used to compare both types of driver and quantify the relative eciency of
the resonant gate driver, is the relative power saving:
ηrel = 1− Ploss,resPloss,conv
(4.4)
- 84 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.2 Design of the resonant gate driver
where P loss,res and P loss,conv are the power losses of respectively the resonant gate driver and
the conventional driver, given by:
Ploss,res = 2.6V 2DDfs
√πR0
onC0swCgateZ0
+ 5.2V 2DDfs
√VDDR0
onC0swCgate
3 (VDD + Vd)Z0
+VdV
2DDfsCgate
VDD + Vd+RLR
V 2DDfsCgate (7VDD + 3Vd)
6 (VDD + Vd)Z0
+RgπV 2
DDfsCgate2Z0
(4.5)
Ploss,conv = 1.6fsCgateV2DD (4.6)
When reporting eqs. 4.5 and 4.6 into eq. 4.4, the relative eciency of the resonant gate
driver can be expressed as:
ηrel = 1− 1.6
√πR0
onC0sw√
LRCgate− 3.25
√VDDR0
onC0sw
3 (VDD + Vd)√LRCgate
− Vd1.6 (VDD + Vd)
−RLR7VDD + 3Vd
9.6 (VDD + Vd)
√CgateLR− π
3.2Rg
√CgateLR
(4.7)
This model (eq. 4.7) is used in this work to design the resonant gate driver. It allows
to determine the contribution of the power dissipation sources to the degradation of the
eciency of the driver. The second and third terms of the equation correspond to the switches
M1-4 power dissipation and are the main contributors. While those two contributions can be
lowered by increasing the resonant inductance for a given gate capacitance, the fourth term
relates to the body diode conduction losses which are independent of the resonant inductance
and may become predominant for low supply voltage. But increasing the resonant inductance
also increases the contribution of the conduction losses of its series resistance which is roughly
proportional to the inductance value for an integrated air-core inductor, RLR = a · LR. A
typical value of a for an inductor realized with a thick copper layer is 250 mΩ/nH. The last
term is the contribution of the gate access resistance that can be minimized by an appropriate
layout of the circuit. It is the least important contributor.
Another consequence of eq. 4.7 is that the resonant gate driver is ecient when the gate
capacitance is signicant. Otherwise the inductance has to be high in order to achieve a
reasonable eciency as can be seen in Fig. 4.6 that plots the eciency of the resonant gate
driver compared to a conventional driver as function of the resonant inductance and the gate
capacitance. It is assumed that the series resistance is proportional to the inductance and a
1 Ω gate access resistance is considered.
A practical use of the model is performed in section 4.3 for a HF DC/DC converter.
- 85 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
02
46
810
010
2030
4050
−10
0
10
20
30
40
50
LR
(nH)Cgate
(pF)
η (%
)
−5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Fig. 4.6. Relative eciency of the resonant gate driver vs. the conventional driver
4.2.3 Duty range and switching frequency limitation
The enhancement of the eciency of the resonant gate driver by increasing the resonant
inductance, leads to a long rise/fall time of the gate voltage of the power transistor as
predicted by eq. 4.2 and illustrated in Fig. 4.8. As demonstrated by eq. 2.24 in chapter 2,
the rise and fall times set the minimum achievable duty cycle and therefore the switching
period must be large enough in order to have a large duty cycle range. This means that the
switching frequency is limited by the desired duty cycle range.
The issue can be approached from the other side: for a given switching frequency, the
desired duty cycle range determines a limit to the resonant inductance and therefore the
achievable eciency. This is one inconvenient of the resonant gate driver because the ef-
ciency comes at the cost of the duty cycle range unlike to the conventional driver. For
instance, a 40% relative eciency in Fig. 4.6 corresponds to about 620 ps of rise/fall time in
Fig. 4.8. If a 10% minimum duty cycle must be achieved then the switching period should
be 12.4 ns (from eq. 2.24), i.e. a switching frequency of 80.64 MHz.
For a given switching frequency (and thus a given power transistor gate capacitance from
eq. 2.21) a targeted duty cycle range constraints the value of the rise/fall time (eq. 4.2).
This yields the resonant inductance value hence the achievable relative eciency. Fig. 4.7
plots the achievable relative eciency with respect to the switching frequency and targeted
duty cycle range. The reduction in switching losses is higher when the duty cycle range is
smaller. The resonant gate driver will give the maximum benet for xed voltage regulator
than large voltage-range regulator, i.e. the application discussed here.
In applications like EER where a large duty cycle range is required, the minimum duty
- 86 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization
50 100 150 200 250 3000
10
20
30
40
50
Fs (MHz)
Red
ucti
on r
atio
(%
)
dmin
=10%
15%
20%
LR
=2.4nH
8nH
34nH
Fig. 4.7. Relative eciency of the resonant gate driver vs. the switching frequency
cycle determines the allowable rise/fall time of the gate to source of the power transistors.
Therefore the optimization of the DC/DC converter and its resonant gate drivers must take
this requirement into account when selecting a resonant inductance.
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization
A buck converter using resonant gate drivers has been designed to demonstrate the theory
developed in this chapter. The aim is to illustrate the design methodology presented here
in a practical case and a comparison with a conventional driver. For a fair comparison the
resonant gate driver is used in a buck converter with the same features as that presented
in chapter 3, i.e. the switching frequency, the controller, the pulse-width modulator, the
adaptive dead-time controller, the LC lter and the power transistors are identical.
This section presents the optimization of the resonant inductor for a switching frequency
of 200 MHz, the design of the control circuits of the switches of the resonant gate drivers,
the simulation results and the layout of the drivers along with the buck converter. Unlike
the previous works on resonant gate driver, this work aims to design resonant gate drivers,
including resonant inductors, integrated on-chip with the power transistors.
4.3.1 Optimization of the resonant inductor
The selection of a resonant inductance depends on the requirement on the duty cycle range
and the targeted eciency of the driver. As those two constraints are opposite, a trade-o
- 87 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
02
46
810
010
2030
4050
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
LR
(nH)Cgate
(pF)
t r,f (
ps)
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
Fig. 4.8. Rise/fall time of the gate voltage of the power transistor
becomes necessary to satisfy the duty cycle requirement while still achieving an acceptable
eciency that may justify the area penalty due to the integrated resonant inductors. This
area penalty is also a concern and prevents to use large inductors even in the case of a weak
duty cycle requirement.
In our case, with 17 pF of power transistor gate capacitance (paragraph 3.4.2) and 5 ns of
switching period as input parameters, a 30% relative eciency are interesting since it leads
to a 3.4 nH resonant inductance (Fig. 4.9a) and about 370 ps of rise/fall time, i.e. a 15%
minimum duty cycle (Fig. 4.9b). Compared to a conventional driver, this rise/fall time is
higher and results in a smaller duty cycle range, but it is necessary to guarantee a sucient
resonant inductance for eciency purpose. A relative eciency higher than 30% could be
obtained but at the cost limited duty cycle range.
4.3.2 Control of the switches of the driver
The substitution of transistors M3 and M4 to diodes D1 and D2 in Fig. 4.2, makes
the control of the driver less simple. Two more gate signals have to be generated by the
control circuit, and this requires an accurate timing control to avoid a cross-conduction of
two transistors activated just one after the other. Besides the logic equations of the gate
voltage of the transistors M1-4, the timing mismatch through their respective buers is also
a key factor for a successful energy recovery of the resonant gate driver. When the gate
of the power transistor is grounded by M4, it is necessary to turn o this transistor before
M1 is activated otherwise a portion of the coil's energy is wasted in M4's channel resistance
instead of being directed to the gate capacitor. In the same way when the gate voltage is
- 88 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 105
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
LR
(nH)
η (%
)
(a) Eciency of the driver
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
LR
(nH)
t r,f (
ps)
(b) Transition time of the gate voltage
Fig. 4.9. Eciency and gate voltage rise/fall time for 17 pF of gate capacitance
Fig. 4.10. Control signals of M1-4
clamped to the supply voltage by M3, this device must be switched o before M2 is switched
on. This timing mismatch is obtained by adding in the buers of M3 and M4 two or more
extra inverter stages compared to those of M1 and M2.
The logic equations of the gate voltage of M1-4 are extracted from the timing diagram
in Fig. 4.10 and are presented in Tab. 4.2 with the size of devices computed from Tab.
4.1. The signal referred to as PWM, is the output of the voltage level-shifter introduced in
chapter 3. It is delayed by a time equal to tr,f (eq. 4.2) through a circuit identical to the
delay cell presented in section 3.3.
4.3.3 Layout
The layout of the power transistors and the controller of the buck converter using resonant
gate drivers is identical to that of the conventional buck converter as presented in chapter
- 89 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
Switch Width (µm) Control signal
M1 1050 PWM + PWMdelay
M2 610 PWM + PWMdelay
M3 608 PWM · PWMdelay
M4 350 PWM + PWMdelay
Tab. 4.2. Logic equations and size of switches M1-4
3. Due to the large area of the resonant inductors, the drivers are layouted in such a way
to minimize the parasitic eects on-chip that may aect their correct operation or their
performance. Among such parasitic eects is the distance between the resonant inductor,
the switches M1-4 and the gate of the power transistor that results in an additional series
resistance and gate resistance. Because of the size of the resonant inductors, it is hardly
possible to have short paths; but the total resistance can be minimized by using a wide thick
metal routing and possibly a stack of available interconnect metal layers. The parasitics of
the inductors are a major concern as they impact not only the eciency of the driver, but
also its frequency characteristics. A proper handling of their eects requires a careful layout
of the inductor.
4.3.3.1 Layout of the resonant inductor
The inductance of 3.4 nH selected in paragraph 4.3.1 is low enough for an on-chip inte-
gration. The priority is for a compact and low series resistance topology and thanks to a
tool SELF developed at STMicroelectronics, it is possible to compare the dierent air-core
planar inductor topologies such as square, circular and octagon spirals. A second require-
ment to take into account involves the coupling to the substrate through parasitic capacitors
and the interwinding capacitors. For this reason the spacing of spirals must be sucient and
the rst (or the two rst) metal layer should not be used as they have the highest coupling
capacitance to the substrate. The thick metal layers can be stacked to achieve a low series
resistance without too much impact on the substrate coupling.
Fortunately the tool SELF oers a great exibility of tuning and produces the series
resistance, the frequency of the resonance due to the parasitic capacitors, the Spice model
and the layout of the inductor. As the current through the inductor is pulse-shaped and thus
has many harmonics content, the resonant frequency due to the parasitic capacitors must be
at least higher than the tenth harmonics of the switching frequency of the buck converter.
It is important to shield the inductor by providing a low impedance path to the current
through the substrate coupling capacitors. This is done by connecting the substrate beneath
the inductor to the ground plane of the chip.
The actual resonant inductor designed for this test-chip is shown in Fig. 4.11. It has 8
nH of inductance and 1.5 Ω of series resistance for a size of 400 µm*400 µm. This choice is
dictated by eciency consideration but it sacrices somewhat the duty cycle range.
- 90 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization
Fig. 4.11. Resonant inductor with shielding
Fig. 4.12. Layout of the buck converter
4.3.3.2 Assembly of the buck converter
The assembly of the buck converter using resonant gate drivers is similar to that of the
conventional buck converter, except for the placement of the resonant inductors. In order to
limit eddy currents, no metal line passes beneath the inductors. Therefore the area occupied
by the inductors is free of metal dummies. The routing resistance from the power transistors
to the inductors is decreased thanks to wide interconnect metals that bring nearly 1 Ω extra
series resistance.
The overall size of the converter is almost doubled by the inductors. A 1200 µm*1000
µm area is occupied though much empty space exists between the blocks (Fig. 4.12).
4.3.4 Simulation results
The main features of the buck converter using resonant gate drivers are checked in sim-
ulation in the same way as that in chapter 3 using conventional drivers. This paragraph
presents the relative eciency obtained in simulation and how close it is to the prediction
of the model in paragraph 4.3.1. As with the conventional buck converter, features such
as output voltage range and regulation bandwidth are important and have been estimated
- 91 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
150 200 250 300 35060
70
80
90
100
110
120
Output current (mA)
Swic
hing
loss
es (
mW
)
Conventional
Resonant
(a) Switching losses of SMPSs
150 200 250 300 3500
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Output current (mA)
η (%
)
(b) Relative eciency of the resonant gatedrivers
Fig. 4.13. Switching losses and the reduction due to resonant gate drivers
during the simulation.
4.3.4.1 Relative eciency of the resonant gate driver
A relative eciency of 40% is predicted by the model with the selected resonant induc-
tance of 8 nH (Fig. 4.9). The simulation shows a good correlation with this prediction since
the switching losses are reduced by more than 35% over the SMPS output current range as
shown in Fig. 4.13. When compared to the conventional buck converter, the global eciency
is improved by as much as 5% in light to medium load conditions which are dominated by
the switching losses as mentioned in chapter 3 (Fig. 4.14). At large load current both con-
verters, exhibit nearly the same eciency because the total losses become dominated by the
ohmic losses which should be the same since the converters have identical power transistors.
For SMPS output current larger than 450 mA, the conventional SMPS stops operating
in synchronous (see section 3.6). The resonant gate driver stops working since the maximum
duty cycle is reached.
4.3.4.2 Output voltage range and regulation bandwidth
The rise/time resulting from an 8-nH resonant inductance is about 580 ps and yields a
minimum duty ratio of 23% which is quite above that obtained with the conventional driver
and the requirement of a WCDMA envelope as discussed in chapter 3. But it is low enough
to perform a variable envelope tracking with the buck converter.
A sine-wave reference is applied to the converter to check both the dynamic range of the
output voltage i.e. the duty cycle, without any pulse-skipping in the power stage, and the
regulation bandwidth (Fig. 4.15). Indeed the converter does not operate properly below a
duty cycle of 23% because the high-side switch is not completely turned on by its resonant
driver. A maximum duty cycle of about 90% is achieved by the power stage though the
low-side switch is no longer turned on when large duty cycles are applied.
- 92 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.3 Test-chip design and optimization
0 100 200 300 400 50010
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
Output current (mA)
η (%
) Resonant
Conventional
Fig. 4.14. Simulated eciencies comparison
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2.0
Vol
tage
(V
)
VPA
VREF
7.1U 7.2U 7.3U 7.4U 7.5U 7.6U 7.7U 7.8U 7.9UTime (s)
Fig. 4.15. A 4-MHz sine-wave reference tracking
- 93 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
Fig. 4.16. Microphotograph of the test-chip
4.4 Experimental results
The experimental setup of the buck converter using resonant gate drivers is identical to
that described in the previous chapter. Indeed both converters are layouted within the same
test-chip for eciency comparison (Fig. 4.16).
The decoupling issue aroused in the previous chapter happens also with this converter
because the decoupling tank is the same for both. Like with the buck converter using
conventional drivers, the small on-chip decoupling capacitance impacts the eciency and
the transient performance of the buck converter using resonant gate drivers.
4.4.1 Steady-state measurements
The range of the output voltage is estimated with the buck converter working in open-
loop condition by applying a variable duty cycle clock signal. Thus we obtained an output
voltage varying between 0.4 and 2.5 V without pulse-skipping (for an output current varying
from 57 to 377 mA).
4.4.2 Dynamic measurements
The buck converter using resonant gate drivers exhibits a similar transient behavior as
its counterpart using conventional drivers. The supply voltage's overshoot and undershoot
observed on the LX node voltage show the same sensitivity to assembly parasitics (Fig.
4.17). Although the voltage undershoot due to the Ldidt
is smaller with the resonant gate
driver because of large turn on time of the high-side power transistor.
The dead-time controller yielded a small dead-time for both transitions of the LX node
voltage, hence low body-diode's conduction losses. Each dead-time is reduced to about 300
ps, which represents a total body-diode's conduction time of about 12% of the switching
period (Fig. 4.18). At light load condition the total dead-time is still less than 20% of the
switching period (Fig. 4.19). Although this is not negligible, the resulting power dissipation
is not signicant because of the small output current.
- 94 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.4 Experimental results
Fig. 4.17. Overshoot on the output voltage of the power stage
(a) td2=275 ps
(b) td1=350 ps
Fig. 4.18. Dead-time obtained at both transitions of LX voltage
- 95 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
(a) td2=400 ps (b) td1=475 ps
Fig. 4.19. Dead-time in low output current condition
4.4.3 Eciency
The main goal of the test-chip is to compare the eciency improvement obtained with
resonant gate drivers at low output power. Thus the switching power losses of both buck
converters are compared in order to determine the improvement due to the resonant gate
driver.
In simulation the resonant gate drivers lead to a gate drive losses reduction of nearly
35% . During the measurement a reduction of 30% is obtained at light load condition and
an average 20% reduction from light to medium load condition (Fig. 4.20). In terms of
eciency, this reduction of switching losses corresponds to an eciency enhancement of as
much as 5% from low to medium output power (Fig. 4.21). The dierence between the
simulation and the measure is probably due to some parasitics that have been taken into
account such as the routing resistance of the resonant inductors, which adds to their series
resistance. Other parasitic eects such as the skin eect or the eddy currents are probably of
less importance because the resonance frequency of the inductors is about some GHz, quite
beyond the 200 MHz switching frequency and its signicant harmonics.
Because of the duty cycle limitation, it was not possible to carry out measurements at
very low output power, i.e. around tens of mW, where the eciency improvement would be
the highest because of the decrease of the switching losses that dominate in this power range.
Nonetheless the reduction of switching losses obtained here is interesting and illustrates the
advantage of the resonant gate driver over the conventional driver. The eciencies plotted
on Fig. 4.21 are almost equal at large output power where the ohmic losses dominate and
are equal for both converters.
- 96 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
4.4 Experimental results
Gate drive losses comparison
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
0 100 200 300 400Pout (mW)
Switc
hing
loss
es (m
W)
resonantstandard
Fig. 4.20. Switching losses comparison at low to medium output power for Vbat=3.6 V
Efficiency comparison @ Vbat=3.6V
50
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
100 300 500 700 900 1100Pout (mW)
Eff
icie
ncy
(%)
resonantstandard
Fig. 4.21. Eciency comparison
- 97 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 4 : Resonant gate drivers
Technology 0.25-µm BiCMOS
Switching frequency (MHz) 200
Vin range (V) 3∼4.3
Vout range (V) 0.33∼2.95
Max. output current (mA) 442
Filter inductance (nH) 51
Filter capacitance (nF) 4.7
Eciency max. (%) @ Vin=3.6V 77.93
Chip area including pads 1.6x1.6 mm2
Resonant inductors area 2x0.44x0.44 mm2
Tab. 4.3. Performance summary of the buck converter using resonant gate drivers
4.5 Discussion and conclusion
The analysis and design of a resonant gate driver for HF DC/DC converters have been
presented in this chapter. The practical use of the methodology is given through the design
of a demonstrator.
The reduction of switching losses achieved in the demonstrator is smaller compared to
early works on energy recycling, but a fundamental dierence is the very high switching
frequency that allowed the integration of the entire resonant gate driver on-chip. Whereas
the other works, working around 1 MHz of switching frequency, are designed with an external
inductor.
The area overhead can be acceptable if the target load is very larger than the buck
converter. A performance summary is presented in Tab. 4.3, including the main features of
the DC/DC converter.
- 98 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 5
Integrated passive devices for power
management systems
Overview
5.1 State-of-the-art of integrated inductors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.2 State-of-the-art of integrated capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
5.3 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
The important place occupied by passive devices in power management circuits, especially
in SMPSs, motivates this chapter, though the design of passive components is not part of
this thesis. Recent developements in the integration of high-quality passive devices have
accompanied the research on HF DC/DC converters. This chapter intends to introduce
some of these developments and explore how their contribute to ecient power management
systems. The rst section introduces the role of passive devices in power management. The
state-of-the-art of integrated inductors and capacitors is presented in sections 5.1 and 5.2
respectively. A conclusion is given in section 5.3.
The passive devices referred to are the inductors and the capacitors that are used for l-
tering and decoupling in DC/DC converters. The key factors of SMPSs such as the eciency,
the regulation bandwidth and the HF noise ltering are related to the output lter and the
decoupling capacitors. It is therefore important to have high-quality passive components in
the converter. This requirement of high-quality passive devices in power conversion mod-
ules have not been so far fullled by the standard CMOS technologies. Indeed the density
proposed in these technologies is too low to allow the integration on -chip of capacitors and
inductors with values in the range of tens of nF and tens of nH respectively. Even though
capacitance density of few fF/µm2 is proposed in deep-submicron CMOS technologies, the
capacitors hence designed cannot operate with a voltage as high as the battery voltage (3.6
V). So far in power management circuits, high voltage decoupling is ensured by MIM capac-
itors, which have a limited density to consider reasonably the integration of more than 1 nF.
- 99 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 5 : Integrated passive devices for power management systems
(a) Capacitor (b) Inductor
Fig. 5.1. Surface-mounted devices (SMD) used in power management
Yet as shown by the discussion about on-chip decoupling in chapter 3, it is very important
to have a large on-chip decoupling capacitor.
The density issue exists also for power inductors. The specications usually relate to the
series resistance, which must be low to minimize the ohmic power losses. Most of the CMOS
technology nodes includes silicon integrated inductors for RF applications. But like those
presented in chapter 4 for the resonant gate driver, they are designed as air-core devices and
thus do not achieve enough density to allow the integration of higher values of inductance.
Typical values used for RF baluns and choke inductors are limited to few nanohenries and
the area occupied is usually large, compared to active circuits. Thus it is not realistic to
consider the integration of air-core inductance in the range of tens of nanohenries as used in
HF DC/DC converters. Moreover EMI issues arise with current in the 1-A range.
The parasitic eects and the density issue are the main reason for the use of discrete
o-chip capacitors (Fig. 5.1a) and inductors (Fig. 5.1b) in power management systems.
5.1 State-of-the-art of integrated inductors
5.1.1 Requirements on the output inductor in a HF DC/DC con-
verter
The high series resistance is a major concern with silicon integrated inductors because of
the limited thickness (few µm) of the copper tracks used to design the windings. A signicant
eciency drop is due to this series resistance for high output current (eq. 1.7). Some recent
works [25, 21, 32] report fully integrated DC/DC converters with air-core inductors but they
consider only low supply voltage (1.2 to 1.8 V) instead of battery voltage (up to 4.8 V) and
have output power limited to hundreds of mW. Otherwise the large DC series resistance
reported (485 mΩ for 2 nH inductance in [21]) would cause high AC and DC ohmic power
losses.
Although the series resistance of an inductor (Fig. 5.2) consists of a DC component
and an AC component (eq. 5.1), the rst one causes usually more power losses than the
- 100 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
5.1 State-of-the-art of integrated inductors
Fig. 5.2. A simple model of inductor
020406080
100120
Pow
er lo
ss(m
W)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Drivers
Rdson
Dead-time
Rdc
Rac
CLX
Fig. 5.3. Breakdown of the power losses for a 200 MHz SMPS
second one in a DC/DC converter. For instance in a buck converter (with the following
parameters: NLDEMOS power stage, Fs=200 MHz, Rdson=414 mΩ, Vbat=3.6 V, L=50 nH,
C=5 nF, a dead-time of 400 ps, Iout=445 mA, ∆I=69 mA), an inductor with Rdc=300 mΩ
and Rac=10 Ω at 200 MHz, leads to the breakdown of the power losses in Fig. 5.3.
RL = Rdc +Rac(f) (5.1)
The power dissipation due to Rac (4 mW) is tiny compared to those due to Rdc (80 mW)
and the other contributors because of a relatively low RMS ripple current. The power losses
due to Rdc and Rac are respectively given by eqs. 5.2 and 5.3.
PRdc = Rdc ·(I2out +
∆I2
12
)(5.2)
PRac = Rac ·∆I2
12(5.3)
Therefore the AC resistance is not really a concern in a SMPS with a low ripple current
but the DC component can cause a power dissipation as high as that of the channel resistance
of the power transistors. It is then necessary, in the design trade-o of an integrated inductor,
to give the priority to the DC resistance.
An increase of the width of the windings even though it decreases the DC series resistance,
also decreases the total inductance and again requires a larger area to achieve the initial
inductance. Besides the parasitic coupling capacitor Cc becomes large and thus the resonance
- 101 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 5 : Integrated passive devices for power management systems
Fig. 5.4. SiP approach to assembly active and passive chips
frequency of the inductor is reduced, which is not compatible with a HF DC/DC converter,
especially in a RF application. Indeed a low resonance frequency decreases the eectiveness
of the HF switching noise ltering and may prevents the polar transmitter to fail to meet with
the specications on spurious frequencies. An inductance (almost) constant up to several
times (5×) the switching frequency is necessary to ensure a good noise ltering and a stable
operation in closed-loop.
The use of a magnetic core brings a satisfactory solution to both area and series resistance
issues, which are correlated. Indeed the high density obtained with a magnetic core, decreases
the required number of turns and therefore the total resistance of the routing metal. The
next paragraph introduces some integrated inductors with a magnetic core.
5.1.2 Integrated inductors with a magnetic core
The magnetic core enhances the total inductance of a winding by collecting the magnetic
eld lines through a low reluctance path formed by the magnetic circuit. In principle the
inductance enhancement is proportional to the permeability of the core. Other parameters
like the geometry of the core have an impact on the inductance.
So far the fabrication on silicon of fair quality magnetic material has prevented the inte-
gration of inductors with large values. The dierent process steps required for the fabrication
of magnetic materials are hardly compatible with standard CMOS technologies. In [45] is
detailed the fabrication of an integrated inductor with a NiFe core. The impact on the
inductance of the geometry of the magnetic core and the windings is investigated. But the
process requires an annealing temperature that cannot be supported by CMOS technolo-
gies. Therefore alternative approaches have been based on building the inductor with the
magnetic core on a separate silicon substrate, which is connected to the power management
active circuits, either through bond wires (Fig. 5.4) or by ip-chip technique (Fig. 1.14).
This System-In-Package (SiP) approach is the main lead followed in the research community
for the integration of magnetic-core inductors with DC/DC converters.
5.1.2.1 Fabrication of magnetic cores
Many magnetic cores reported in the literature are fabricated with an alloy of NiFe,
which is deposited over a silicon wafer. Compared to the ferrite used in discrete inductors, the
ferromagnetic alloy has a larger saturation magnetic induction (>1.4 T) and a high relative
- 102 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
5.1 State-of-the-art of integrated inductors
Fig. 5.5. Micro-inductor with a magnetic core from Tyndall Lab.
Fig. 5.6. Sandwiched magnetic core inductor (Credit: B. Orlando [1])
permeability (up to few thousands), which makes it well suited for power applications at
medium switching frequency where power density is an important factor.
The magnetic material can be deposited by electroplating like in [46] where a thin lm
(4.2 µm) of Ni45Fe55 alloy is electroplated on the substrate and insulated from the copper
windings that are also electroplated and sandwiched by the magnetic material (Fig. 5.5). The
insulation of the magnetic material from the copper windings is important for the dynamic
performance of the inductor because the conductivity of magnetic alloy is not always negli-
gible. The proposed inductor has an inductance of 150 nH and an area of 4.13mm*1.8mm.
A DC series resistance of 250 mΩ is reported with 50 µm of copper thickness.
Instead of encapsulating the copper spirals by the magnetic alloy, the magnetic circuit is
surrounded by the copper spirals in [1] (Fig. 5.6). In this way the deposition of the Ni80Fe20
alloy is realized by Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD) in one step unlike the previous cited
work in which the magnetic core is fabricated in two steps. The magnetic core is laminated
and consists of sixteen 1-µm thick layers that are separated by a thin layer (70 nm) of SiO2
used as insulator. The laminated structure reduces the energy loss due to eddy currents
and allows the use of a thick magnetic core at high frequency. The main advantage of this
inductor compared to other reported works, is the closed shape of the magnetic circuit which
enhances the inductance density. Hence an inductance of 500 nH is reported for an area of
5.6mm*5.6mm and a DC series resistance of 110 mΩ.
The operating frequency of these NiFe alloys is relatively low compared to the switching
frequency range addressed in this thesis. Other integrated power inductors with a dierent
magnetic material (CoHfTaPd in [47] and FeBN in [48]) have been reported and demon-
strated in a DC/DC converter but only at a switching frequency below 4 MHz. A microwave
magnetic material (YIG) that can operate above 100 MHz is proposed in [2]. This magnetic
- 103 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 5 : Integrated passive devices for power management systems
(a) (b) (c)
(d) (e) (f)
Fig. 5.7. Process steps for the fabrication of the inductor with a YIG core (Credit:Martin[2])
material seems to be suitable for HF DC/DC converters. Indeed the relative permeability
though small (between 25 and 45) is constant up to 400 MHz and makes the material more
resistive and therefore less sensitive to eddy currents. The fabrication steps of the inductor is
shown in Fig. 5.7 for a single magnetic material layer. A 100-nm seeds layer is rst deposited
on the magnetic material (b). Then the windings pattern is developed on a dry photoresist
lm (c) before the copper electroplated (d). The seeds layer and the dry photoresist lm
are removed respectively in steps (e) and (f), leaving the copper windings pattern on the
magnetic material. Simulation results give a 25 nH inductance with a 50 mΩ series resis-
tance for a 3 mm2 area. The inductance density can further be increased by as much as the
permeability value when using a double-layer of YIG.
5.1.2.2 Parasitic eects in integrated inductors with a magnetic core
The state-of-the-art integrated inductors feature a thicker copper spirals than CMOS
air-core inductors. In most cited works the copper is deposited on the magnetic core by
electroplating and can be as thick as tens of µm. Thus the series resistance in these devices
is lower than what is usually achieve in CMOS air-core inductors. However the DC resistance
is still higher than that of commercial discrete inductors; an increase of the copper thickness
is a good solution because the winding width is usually limited by the area of the device.
But it seems to be dicult to achieve a copper thickness close to 100 µm. The coupling
capacitor between the windings, that limits the operating frequency range, increases with
the copper thickness. Therefore it is important to take advantage of the high inductance
density brought by the the magnetic material to decrease the required number of turns and
thus the series resistance and the coupling capacitor.
The power losses in the magnetic core due to eddy currents are one of the major drawbacks
in integrated inductors. A wide operating frequency range is usually observed with magnetic
materials that have a signicant conductivity and therefore cause more power losses due to
eddy currents. In [46] eddy currents cause as much as 43% of the total power losses of the
- 104 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
5.2 State-of-the-art of integrated capacitors
inductor. The lamination of the magnetic core is the solution to decrease the impact of eddy
currents but it must not impact too much the performance of the magnetic core.
5.1.3 Comparison of dierent techniques
The integrated inductors presented in the previous paragraphs have a planar structure
that is area consuming. Indeed though the magnetic alloys have a high relative permeability
the area of these inductors is larger than those of discrete devices for the same inductance.
The magnetic alloys deposition techniques have not reached a reliable level for very small
areas (<1 mm2) for SiP packaging with a DC/DC converter switching beyond the 100 MHz
range.
Many gures of merit exist in literature to compare inductor, but we use here the in-
ductance to DC resistance and to area ratio to characterize respectively the power losses
and the inductance density. The quality factor that is usually computed to estimate the
performance of RF inductors, is not suited for DC/DC conversion because a power inductor
transfers almost only DC power. The comparison of some reported integrated inductors is
presented in Tab. 5.1. A discrete Surface-Mounted inductor from Coilcraft is added to the
table for comparison with a commercial discrete inductor.
Considering the gures of merit, integrated inductors have a long way before competing
with discrete inductors in terms of power dissipation and occupied area. The frequency
behavior of the inductors in Tab. 5.1 is quite at up to tens of MHz. The operation above
100 MHz range requires specic magnetic materials to guarantee a constant inductance.
Unfortunately available materials present limited permeability and small saturation magnetic
induction. Among the integrated inductors, that reported in [1] presents the highest gure of
merit and an important inductance to DC resistance ratio, though it has a copper thickness
of only 15 µm whereas in [46] the thickness is 50 µm. In [48] though a high permeability
alloy is used (µr=4600), the series resistance is still too high, probably because of the small
copper thickness (10 µm).
These integrated inductors are interesting attempts to address the needs in DC/DC con-
version. In order to cope with the requirements of state-of-the-art HF DC/DC converters,
lower inductance values should also be addressed. But this constitutes a challenge in mag-
netic layer deposition and also in assembly engineering because of the expected small surface
of inductance values in the tens of nanohenries range.
5.2 State-of-the-art of integrated capacitors
The Metal-Insulator-Metal (MIM) and the MOS capacitors are the main types of ca-
pacitors integrated in standard CMOS technologies. But their density is usually too small
to allow the integration of capacitance values beyond 1 nF in high-voltage applications. In
order to enhance the capacitance of any type of capacitor, one or more terms of eq. 5.4, i.e.
- 105 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 5 : Integrated passive devices for power management systems
Coilcraft (SMD) [46] [1] [48] [47]0603LS-102X
L (nH) 1000 150 500 1000 960RDC (Ω) 0.81 0.25 0.11 1 0.9
L/ (RDC ∗ Area) (nH/Ω/mm2) 586 80 144 40 66
Tab. 5.1. Comparison of integrated power inductors with a discrete inductor
either the distance between the plates d, the relative permittivity of the dielectric εr or the
surface of the plates S, needs to be tuned.
C =εrε0S
d(5.4)
The thickness of the dielectric is limited by the maximum voltage (or electric eld) that
can be applied, therefore many researches focus on high-permittivity or high-k dielectrics.
Unfortunately such materials do not always interface correctly with silicon like the SiO2. The
approach adopted in trench capacitors is to increase the eective surface of the electrodes
using the third-dimension of the silicon wafer. An array of pores is created in the wafer
and lled with dielectric. Contacts are connected to both sides of the dielectric to form the
electrodes. Thanks to this technique capacitive densities as high as 80 nF/mm2 have been
reported in the state-of-the-art.
5.2.1 Trench capacitors
A simple description of the fabrication of trench capacitors is shown in Fig. 5.8. First
an array of pores is etched in the silicon wafer by DRIE (Deep Reactive Ion Etching) (a).
The dielectric layer is formed on the etched silicon area by oxidation or by LPCVD (Low-
Pressure Chemical Vapor Deposition) if a non-oxide dielectric is used (b). The trenches are
lled with a doped polysilicon to form the top electrode (c). The bottom electrode is created
by connecting the substrate with a low ohmic contact (d).
High aspect ratio pores are necessary in order to optimize the surface of the capacitor.
With the PICS technology from NXP an aspect ratio of 50 is reported in [49]. Pores with 30
µm of height and only 1.5 µm of width are also reported in [3] using the same technology;
this high aspect ratio is combined with a thin (16 nm) dielectric formed by a stack of Ox-
ide/Nitride/Oxide with a breakdown voltage of 15.5 V, which qualies the PICS technology
for battery voltage operation. A capacitive density of 80 nF/mm2 is reported in [3]. Other
devices such as a planar air-core inductor or a planar MIM capacitor are also available in
the technology (Fig. 5.9).
An improvement of the PICS technology is proposed by [4] and consists of a stack of
3 MIM trench capacitors with a high-k dielectric, the Al2O3 (Fig. 5.10). The electrodes
are fabricated with layers of TiN that alternate with dielectric layers. The substrate is
- 106 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
5.2 State-of-the-art of integrated capacitors
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
Fig. 5.8. A generic design-ow for trench capacitors
Fig. 5.9. Trench capacitor in PICS technology (Credit: NXP[3])
connected on the backside with the bottom electrode. A capacitive density of 440 nF/mm2
is achieved when the three top electrodes are connected together.
5.2.2 Electrical performance
The trench capacitors include some parasitic resistance and inductance that impact the
dynamic performance. Indeed the connection between the bottom electrode and the sub-
strate can be long and very resistive. There are many solutions to decrease the series re-
sistance of the electrode. The rst being to remove the extra silicon on the backside of the
substrate to obtain a thin substrate. In [50] a phosphorous diusion is proposed to decrease
the series resistance, but the reduction of the resistance is still small. A capacitance of 7.45
nF is achieved with a low series inductance of 100 pH but the series resistance is about 400
mΩ, which represents a cut-o frequency of only 53 MHz. The values in [4] are smaller with
a series inductance less than 40 pH and a series resistance about 150 mΩ are obtained thanks
- 107 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 5 : Integrated passive devices for power management systems
Fig. 5.10. PICS capacitor with 3 MIM layers: dielectric and electrode stack (a), themultilayer capacitor (b) (Credit: Klootwijk[4])
to the good conductivity of TiN electrodes.
When compared to the best discrete capacitors, for instance the low-prole capacitors
from Murata (a series inductance of 120 pH and a series resistance of 50 mΩ), the parasitic
performance of the reported trench capacitors does not qualify them for high frequency
decoupling as required in power management (above 100 MHz). While the series inductance
is low enough, a further reduction of the series resistance is necessary for an operation in a
DC/DC converter switching at hundreds of MHz. For instance a highly doped substrate can
be used along with a low-resistive layer for the electrodes.
5.3 Conclusion
The integration of high-quality passive devices is necessary for the design of compact
power management circuits. The techniques presented in this chapter are interesting leads
to achieve the monolithic integration of DC/DC converter. Their improvement requires the
development and the deposition of new high performance magnetic materials for inductors
and dielectric for capacitors. Besides a compatibility of the fabrication processes with stan-
dard CMOS technologies is necessary for the System-on-Chip (SoC) approach. At short
term, a SiP approach is possible as demonstrated in [3].
3D capacitor technologies have already made a great step toward a high density but there
is still the parasitics issue that impedes a high frequency operation (beyond 100 MHz).
For integrated inductors with a magnetic core, the use of a double layer allows few
windings and therefore leads to lower series resistance and smaller coupling capacitor. But
it requires a magnetic material with stable frequency characteristics.
- 108 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6
Improvement of the eciency at low
output power
Overview
6.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.2 Design of the control of the SMPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
6.3 Design of the power stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.4 Internal power management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
6.5 Simulation results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
6.6 Assembling and layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
6.7 Experimental results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6.8 Conclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
In this chapter we present design techniques used to improve the eciency of the SMPS for
low output power. The SMPS presented here, in the 0.13-µm CMOS SOI process, is based on
the design methodology introduced in chapter 2. It is intended to achieve EER in WCDMA
standard like the converters of chapter 3 and 4, but with also enough bandwidth for envelope
tracking in WLAN standard. Like in chapter 3 the choice of the technology is determined by
the needs for the design of the RF PA. Along the building blocks of the previous converters,
this one includes also an internal power management system that generates the required
supply voltage levels such the 2.5 V supply for the analog blocks or the drivers of the power
transistors from the battery voltage.
The demonstrator detailed here includes a DC/DC converter switching at 200 MHz and
a WLAN RF power amplier.
- 109 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
6.1 Introduction
The design of this test-chip has greatly beneted from the previous converters in terms
of specications of building blocks and also in terms of set up for measurements. Despite the
dierence between the 0.25-µm BiCMOS and the 0.13-µm CMOS SOI processes, especially
the lack of bipolar devices, the building blocks have schematics similar to those presented in
chapter 3. Indeed it did not appear after measurements that all these blocks needed much
more attention, therefore the main focus in the design of this second demonstrator is to
improve the eciency of the SMPS in light load condition. In addition to the resonant gate
driver, a dynamic sizing of the power transistors is performed to improve the eciency at
low output power. For further decrease of the switching losses, the supply voltage of the
drivers is xed to 2 V instead of the nominal voltage of the standard MOSFET, i.e. 2.5 V.
A new implementation of the adaptive dead-time control is performed in a digital approach
that is more simple than the analog implementation presented in chapter 3.
The system is designed with GO2 version of the 0.13-µm CMOS SOI process which
includes standard CMOS transistors with a nominal voltage of 2.5 V and a high voltage
N-type drain extension transistor to handle as much as 8 V.
6.2 Design of the control of the SMPS
6.2.1 Controller
The topology of the controller is unchanged (Fig. 6.1a); so we focus on the stability issue
by investigating more on the robustness of the design. The stability analysis is performed
for both loops around the error amplier. Although the emphasis is usually put on the main
loop, it is necessary to ensure that the secondary loop has a sucient phase margin. In this
task, the lstb function of the IC simulator Eldo proves to be very useful. With the error
amplier depicted on Fig. 6.1b, we found a phase margin of 510 (a delay margin of 6.3 ns,
larger than the switching period) and 550 (a delay margin of 617 ps), respectively for the
main loop and the secondary loop (Fig. 3.5b and c). Though the second delay margin is
small, it is unlikely that such delay exists since no device is placed between the output of
the error amplier and the resistor Rdrv (Fig. 6.1a).
The folded-cascode topology is also adopted here for the op-amp design, with a PMOS
input pair, instead of the bipolar pair used in the rst test-chip. Thus in order to achieve the
same GBW, the bias current has to be increased and the DC power consumption rises to 1.4
mW, whereas with bipolar devices it was only 470 µW. Nonetheless this power consumption
is still tiny compared to the power losses of the power stage.
- 110 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.3 Design of the power stage
(a) Controller schematic (b) Error amplier
Fig. 6.1. Controller circuit
Fig. 6.2. PWM comparator
6.2.2 PWM
The technology change did not aect much the structure of the PWM circuit. In partic-
ular the ramp generator is designed in the same way as in chapter 3, with CMOS devices
replacing their bipolar counterparts.
The basic comparator of chapter 3 is now replaced by a folded-cascode amplier followed
by a common source amplier, which achieves a large bandwidth and a large gain at the
cost of nearly 350 µW of DC consumption (Fig. 6.2) compared to 720 µW in the previous
bipolar design.
6.3 Design of the power stage
The eciency analysis performed in chapters 3 and 4 shows a relatively high eciency
at large output power. Thus the improvement of the eciency at low output power is the
main focus of the design of the power stage. An approach based on the combination of
three techniques is used in this work: the resonant gate driver, the dynamic sizing of power
transistors and the low voltage swing operation of the drivers. In this section we analysis
- 111 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
the possibilities oered by the last two techniques and how they can be combined with the
resonant gate driver.
6.3.1 Low voltage swing operation of the drivers
The low supply voltage operation is a technique widely used to decrease the power dis-
sipation of digital SoCs when the activity of the system is low. Hence the digital core is
supplied below its nominal voltage with a voltage level that must still be above a minimum
value depending on the technology and the processed task. It has been proposed for DC/DC
converters by [51] with the purpose of reducing the switching losses by decreasing the voltage
swing at the gate of the power devices. Thus a straightforward computation from the well
known formula fCV 2, shows that a 10% decrease of the drivers' supply voltage results in
a 20% decrease of the switching losses. Unfortunately a decrease of the gate voltage of the
power transistor leads to an increase of the channel resistance, so the technique is limited
by the rise of the conduction losses.
The optimal supply voltage corresponds to the minimum of the power dissipation of the
power transistor. Instead of using a complex analysis to determine this optimal voltage,
we used the model provided by the Design Kit. The simulation shows that the channel
resistance of a CMOS transistor in the linear region does not vary signicantly when the
gate to source voltage exceeds 2∼3 times the threshold voltage. As shown in Fig. 6.3 the
channel resistance varies by only 10% when the gate to source voltage goes between 2 and
2.5 V. For a SMPS, an operation with a driver supply voltage of 2 V instead of 2.5 V leads
to an increase by 10% of the ohmic losses and a decrease by 40% of the gate drive losses.
The total energy saving depends on the ratio between the two types of power losses, but as
the switching losses dominates in a large part of the output power range, the increase of the
ohmic losses is compensated by a larger decrease of the switching losses. Thus the supply
voltage of the drivers is xed to 2 V by internal LDOs that are described in section 6.4.
A dynamic adjustment of the supply voltage of the drivers according to the output current
can be adopted to optimize the energy saving. But the resulting complexity of the design
does not worth the extra energy saving it provides.
6.3.2 Dynamic sizing of the power transistors
The dynamic sizing of power devices is sometimes used to improve the eciency of
power management systems and PAs. In systems that deal with a wide range of power, the
adjustment of the power devices size allows to track the optimal operating point and hence
to maximize the eciency over the output power range.
The implementation requires the splitting of a power transistor into multiple smaller
devices that can be connected together to form a unique power transistor (Fig. 6.4). Thus
as the output current varies, so does the width of the power transistor in order to satisfy
eq. 2.21. Clearly the discretization of the power device's width must be as ne as possible.
- 112 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.3 Design of the power stage
Fig. 6.3. Channel resistance of a NLDEMOS as a function of gate-source voltage with W=7mm
Fig. 6.4. Multiple transistors forming a single power device
Indeed a maximum eciency tracking can be possible only when the actual size of the power
device is close to the optimum for a given load current.
The main advantage of the dynamic width sizing is to reduce the switching losses at low
output power by the reduction of the amount of gate capacitance of the power devices. When
the output current is low, the decrease of the width of the power transistor causes an equal
decrease of the switching losses. Compared to a conventional power stage, the eciency is
enhanced at low output power and remains identical at large output power when all the
unit devices are activated. Fig. 6.5 plots the simulated eciencies of a conventional buck
converter switching at 200 MHz and its counterpart with an equal width for the power
transistors but divided into 4 unit transistors. In regions 1, 2, 3 and 4 the power transistors
of this converter are respectively made of 1, 2, 3 and 4 unit transistors. Hence the switching
losses are divided by a factor 1/4, 1/2 and 3/4 in respectively regions 1, 2 and 3, whereas
they are equal for region 4. In light load condition (region 1) this results in a global eciency
improvement of as much as 12% for the converter. The eciency is still enhanced in medium
load regions up to the large output power (region 4) where both converters exhibits similar
eciencies. This example illustrates the advantage of the dynamic sizing of the power
transistors. It shows in particular how high the eciency improvement can be by using
more unit devices. But there are two fundamental limitations: the design complexity and
layout placement issue introduced when using more unit devices, and the presence of the
drain-bulk capacitance of inactive transistors that adds to the total capacitance at node
LX. Although the gate capacitance of a unit transistor is not switched when the transistor
is turned o, the drain-bulk capacitance remains connected to node LX and thus causes
additional switching losses.
- 113 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
Fig. 6.5. Simulated eciency of a conventional SMPS and a dynamic width sizing SMPS(Vbat=3.6 V and Rload=6 Ω)
When combined with resonant gate drivers, the dynamic width sizing introduces also a
penalty a silicon area that is discussed in the next paragraph.
6.3.2.1 Combination with the resonant gate driver
When power transistors are divided into multiple devices, it takes an equal number of
inductors to realize a resonant gate drive. Since the gate capacitance of the unit transistors is
small, a large resonant inductor is needed to achieve a substantial energy recovery as shown
by the analysis detailed in section 4.2. In terms of silicon area, it becomes clear that a small
number of unit width must be selected though a larger number is preferable in eciency
point of view. For this reason we used only two unit devices for each power transistor.
Therefore four inductors are necessary for the resonant gate drivers of the power stage.
With two unit transistors forming each power device, the power range consists of two
domains and the switching losses can be divided by two in the low output power range in
addition to the losses reduction oered by the resonant gate driver. The transition point
between the two power domains corresponds to half the maximum output current. When
the buck converter is working with a variable reference, it is necessary to adjust the size of
the power transistors as the load current varies between its low and large values. This task
is performed by a dynamic width sizing controller.
6.3.2.2 Design of the dynamic sizing controller
The dynamic width sizing controller is designed to adjust the width of the power transis-
tors according to the output current. Since there are only two possible sizes, its output is a
1-bit signal. Like in the design of the dead-time controller in chapter 3, the sense of the out-
put current is performed thanks to the output voltage of the SMPS because the PA behaves
as a resistor. Therefore the dynamic width sizing controller is essentially a comparator with
- 114 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.3 Design of the power stage
Fig. 6.6. Schematic of the dynamic width sizing controller
a reference voltage equal to half the maximum output voltage of the SMPS, i.e. 1.5 V (Fig.
6.6). A hysteresis is created in order to prevent false alarms since the output voltage of the
SMPS exhibits some voltage ripple. In Fig. 6.6, a voltage shift is introduced thanks to the
source follower formed by the transistor Ms to ensure that the lower limit of the hysteresis
windows is not located at 0 V. Otherwise once at the high state, the comparator will never
go to the low state because the output voltage of the SMPS does never reach 0 V (Fig. 6.7).
In EER the output voltage varies between its lower and upper limits at a frequency that
may be as high as 3.84 MHz for the WCDMA standard. From an eciency point of view, it
is interesting to track the variation of the output voltage and adjust the width of the power
transistors accordingly. But this introduces also a bandwidth constraint on the LDO that
supplies the drivers. An alternative solution is to adjust the width of the power transistors
according to the average output voltage instead of the instantaneous voltage. Since the
average output power of a handset varies at a low rate, so does the width of the power
transistors.
For this demonstrator both fast and slow variations of the width have been implemented
thanks to two RC tanks. The MUX allows to switch between the fast and slow paths of
respectively 20 MHz and 400 kHz of bandwidth. The voltage dividers scale the output
voltage, that may be as high as 3 V, to the voltage range allowed for the devices of the
comparator.
6.3.3 Drivers and power transistors
The specications of the power transistors remain the same as in chapter 3. Since the
NLDEMOS transistor in the 0.13-µm CMOS SOI technology has almost the same character-
istics as that in the 0.25-µm BiCMOS, the optimal width remains about 7 mm. Each power
transistor is then realized by two NLDEMOS transistors of 3.5 mm of width.
- 115 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
Fig. 6.7. Hysteresis and voltage shift of the dynamic width sizing controller
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10−5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
LR
(nH)
η (%
)
(a) relative eciency
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10100
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
LR
(nH)
t r,f (
ps)
(b) rise/fall time
Fig. 6.8. Relative eciency and rise/fall time of the resonant gate driver for a gate capaci-tance of 8.5 pF
The optimization of a resonant gate driver for each of the four NLDEMOS transistors
is performed using the method presented in chapter 4. A quick simulation gives the gate
capacitance of a NLDEMOS transistor of 3.5 mm of width, which is 8.5 pF. The relative
eciency of the resonant gate driver compared to the conventional driver is then plotted
in Fig. 6.8a as a function of the resonant inductance. Compared to the power transistors
of chapter 4, an inductance of about 8 nH is needed to achieve 30% of relative eciency
because the gate capacitance here is as twice as small. The resulting rise/fall time of the
gate to source voltage is 400 ps (Fig. 6.8b), which limits the minimum duty cycle to 16%
for 200 MHz of switching frequency.
6.3.4 Digital dead-time controller
Measurements in chapter 3 show how the adaptive dead-time control is eective to re-
duce the conduction losses of the body diode of the synchronous transistor. In this new
demonstrator a simplied implementation is provided. While it is based on digital circuits,
- 116 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.3 Design of the power stage
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 4000
100
200
300
400
500
600
Iout (mA)
τ LX
(ps
)
(a) Discharge time of CLX
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 4000
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Iout (mA)
τ LX
(ps
)
(b) Quantization of the discharge time
Fig. 6.9. Discharge time of the capacitance at the LX node as a function of the outputcurrent
this new dead-time controller is as eective as that presented in chapter 3.
6.3.4.1 Discretization of the delay
The architecture presented in Fig. 3.19a is maintained but the delay td2 is varied dis-
cretely according to the output current to match approximately the discharge time of the
capacitance CLX . Hence a transient simulation of the power stage is performed to estimate
CLX and its discharge time, τLX , as a function of the output current (Fig. 6.9a). The
plot shows that the variation of τLX is not signicant once the output current exceeds 200
mA, while from 50 to 100 mA, the discharge time varies from 600 to 300 ps. Therefore the
discretization of the delay td2 must be ne in the low output current range and can be coarse
in the large output current range.
We used a 3-step discretization for the delay td2. Thus a delay of 780 ps is applied when
the output current is below 100 mA; between 100 and 200 mA, the delay selected is about
520 ps. When the current is beyond 200 mA, a constant delay of 260 ps is applied (Fig.
6.9b). The quantization error reaches its maximum value of 320 ps when the current is 200
mA leads to extra conduction losses in the body diode of 8.4 mW for a switching frequency
of 200 MHz. However this penalty is acceptable compared to the output power (240 mW)
but still costs roughly 1.5% eciency. Sparing this loss penalty must be balanced by the
complexity introduced to implement a larger number of discretization steps.
6.3.4.2 Circuit design
The block diagram of the new dead-time controller is presented in Fig. 6.10. One of
the three copies of the PWM signal delayed respectively by ∆T , 2∆T and 3∆T is selected
by a MUX in order to produce the required dead-time between the gate-source voltage of
the power transistors. The selection of the appropriate delayed PWM signal by the MUX is
performed thanks to the Dead-time Selector, which consists of two comparators (Fig. 6.11)
- 117 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
Fig. 6.10. Block diagram of the dead-time controller
similar to that presented in paragraph 6.3.2.2. Like with the dynamic width sizing controller,
the output voltage is sensed instead of a direct measure of the load current. The reference
voltages corresponding to the current references of 100 mA and 200 mA, are respectively
0.6 V and 1.2 V considering a 6 Ω equivalent load resistance. Both comparators have a
hysteresis behavior to prevent unnecessary changes of dead-time.
The bandwidth of the dead-time controller is limited by the voltage divider R1, R2 and
the capacitor C to approximately 20 MHz, which corresponds to the large signal bandwidth
of a WLAN envelope signal. So the ripple voltage at the output of the converter does not
inuence the dead-time selection.
The delay block consists of a chain of CMOS inverters with a constant bias (Fig. 6.12).
Simulations performed at dierent process corners show no signicant shift of the delay from
a nominal value of 260 ps.
As discussed in chapter 2, the dead-time td1 does not require a dynamic adjustment. It
is therefore realized with a constant delay block.
The simulation results of the dead-time controller are presented in section 6.5. The
advantages of the digital implementation are also discussed.
6.4 Internal power management
Internal LDOs are designed in order to supply the low-voltage circuits from the battery
voltage. Since only power stage devices are realized with NLDEMOS transistors, the other
blocks that are designed with standard transistors can be supplied with a maximum 2.7 V.
Therefore an internal voltage conversion is necessary to achieve a stand-alone SMPS with
a single voltage source. Usually a single LDO handles this on-chip voltage conversion but
that results in noise issues because of the dierence in the behavior of the circuits. Indeed
whereas the current consumption of the analog circuits consists of DC current, the drivers
- 118 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.4 Internal power management
5 kΩ55 kΩ
2.5 V
SEL0
Vout
25 kΩ
200 fF 50 kΩ
10kΩ
50 kΩ
2.5 V
SEL1
R1
R2C
Fig. 6.11. Dead-time selector
Fig. 6.12. Delay cell of the dead-time controller
- 119 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
VrefVbat
Analog Digital
VDD=2.5 VHF
noise
Fig. 6.13. Single LDO for on-chip power management
Vref1Vbat
Analog Digital
VDDA=2.5 VHF
noise
Vref2Vbat
VDDB=2 V
Fig. 6.14. Multiple LDOs for a separate supply of analog and digital circuits
draw a switched current from the supply source. In a single LDO scheme, this rejects a HF
noise on the supply voltage, which is not compatible with the controller and the other analog
circuits (Fig. 6.13). Instead separate LDOs are used to supply each block as shown in Fig.
6.14. This allows an optimization of each LDO without extra silicon area and avoids the
noise to be rejected on the analog circuits.
Hence we designed three dierent LDOs for our internal power management. For design
simplicity low power digital circuits of the dead-time controller are supplied by the same
LDO as the PID controller, the ramp generator and the dynamic width sizing controller.
Two separate LDOs supply the high-side and the low-side drivers because of a dierence in
their supply voltage.
6.4.1 LDO for low power circuits
The general structure of the LDOs is depicted in Fig. 6.15. Thanks to the diode stack,
a supply voltage of about 2.4 V is available for the bias of the op-amp. The diode D0 and
- 120 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.5 Simulation results
Vref
Vbat
VDDA=2.5 VBangapCircuit
D0
M1
M0
R0
Fig. 6.15. LDO used for the power supply of analog and low power digital circuits
the resistor R0 prevent a large voltage over the PMOS transistor M1. Since the current
consumption of the analog circuits is almost constant, the regulation bandwidth of the LDO
does not need to be large. The output capacitance of the LDO is 195 pF and is integrated
on-chip. In order to achieve a constant output voltage of 2.5 V, a reference voltage of 1.13
V is provided by a bandgap circuit.
6.4.2 LDOs for drivers
The schematic of Fig. 6.15 is modied to cope with the voltage requirements of the
drivers. While an output voltage of 2 V must be generated for the low-side driver, a voltage
of about 2.8 V is required for the boostrap supply of the high-side driver because of the large
voltage drop of the boostrap diode. Indeed the 0.13-µm CMOS SOI technology does not
provide a Schottky diode; hence a standard diode is used. Therefore each driver stage must
have its own LDO.
The op-amp of the LDO is designed to oer a low bandwidth performance. The current
sinked by a driver is taken through the LDO's output transistor for the DC part and from
the LDO's output capacitance for the HF parts. There is a balance between the DC bias
of the op-amp for a higher bandwidth and the silicon area for a larger output capacitance.
The schematics of the LDOs for the control and the synchronous drivers are depicted in Fig.
6.16. The operational ampliers are biased with the output voltage of the LDO designed
for low power circuits. The output stage of the LDO for the high-side driver is a common
source using a PMOS transistor so it can still work when the battery voltages goes down
to 2.9 V. A diode stack is connected between the drain and source terminals to protect the
PMOS from large voltages during the start-up of the LDO. The reference voltages of the
LDOs are generated on the test board for voltage tuning during measurements.
6.5 Simulation results
The block diagram of the SMPS is shown in Fig. 6.17 with all the circuits mentioned
earlier . The on-chip decoupling capacitance of the power stage is about 800 pF, realized
- 121 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
Vref
Vbat
VDD1=3 V
M2
M1
M0
R0VDDA=2.5 V
(a) LDO for the high-side driver (b) LDO for the supply of the low-sidedriver
Fig. 6.16. The two LDOs designed for the supply of the drivers
with MIM and MOM capacitors of respectively 700 pF and 100 pF. A resistance of 500
mΩ is inserted in series with the decoupling capacitance for the damping of the oscillation
resulting from the bond wires.
As with the other DC/DC converters designed during this thesis, the main functions are
checked through transient and frequency simulations before the chip is sent for fabrication.
6.5.1 Transient performance
6.5.1.1 Dynamic width sizing of the power transistors
The automatic adjustment of the width of the power transistors is checked in transient
simulations with a 1 MHz sine wave as the reference voltage of the SMPS. Fig. 6.18 shows
the output voltage of the SMPS and the width selection bit for both fast and slow paths.
The selection of the fast path, the width selection bit is changed at the frequency of the
output voltage. When the slow path is selected, the state of the width selection bit varies
only with the average output voltage. The right round marker in the gure indicates the
output voltage threshold when the fast path is selected. Once the power transistors are fully
activated, a lower threshold voltage (left round marker in the gure) is introduced by the
hysteresis. The impact of the width sizing on the eciency of the SMPS is discussed in
paragraph 6.5.2.
6.5.1.2 Adaptive dead-time control
The waveforms of the dead-time control signals are plotted in Fig. 6.19 for 1 MHz
reference voltage. When the output voltage increases, the dead-time between the gate to
source voltage of the power devices is decreased by step to minimize the conduction time of
the body diode. In Fig. 6.19a, the numbers correspond to the output current ranging up
- 122 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.5 Simulation results
VDDA=2.5 V
VDDB1=2.8 V
Levelshifter
Levelshifter
Dead-timeController
Controllerand
PWM200MHz
Off-chip
Vref
Vbat=3.6 V
Vout
VSSbat
Widthsizing
Controller
2
2
EN
EN
Vout
LDO
LDO
LDOVDDB2=2 V
Vbat=3.6 V
Vbat=3.6 V
Vbat=3.6 V
VDDA=2.5 V
Fig. 6.17. Block-diagram of the SMPS
Fig. 6.18. Width selection signal variation with the output voltage of the converter
- 123 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
(a) Dead-time selection signals and output voltage (b) Control signals in region 1
(c) in region 2 (d) in region 3
Fig. 6.19. Variation of the dead-time with the output voltage and the control signals of thepower transistors
to 100 mA (region 1), between 100 mA and 200 mA (region 2) and above 200 mA (region
3). Fig. 6.19b, c and d plot the control signals generated by the dead-time controller for
regions 1, 2 and 3 respectively. Hence for an output current of 400 mA, the total conduction
time of the body is about 400 ps, which leads to an acceptable power dissipation (22 mW)
compared to the output power of the SMPS. The dead-time td1 is constant and equal to the
implemented delay of 260 ps.
The simulations with respect to temperature and process variations of the delay block of
the adaptive dead-time controller show no signicant variation of the delay.
6.5.2 Eciency analysis
The simulation of the SMPS includes all signicant parasitic elements, especially the
routing and the bond wire resistance and inductance for a fair eciency computation. The
values taken into account are based on the study performed in chapter 3 since the test boards
are identical. The external decoupling capacitors are also the same as in chapter 3 but the
on-chip decoupling capacitance used in this demonstrator is about 800 pF, realized by a stack
of MIM (700 pF) and MOM (100 pF) capacitors. A higher on-chip decoupling capacitance
is required but the actual value is chosen to limit the area to 700µm*600µm. The damping
resistance is 500 mΩ and causes a maximum power dissipation of only 15 mW when duty
- 124 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.6 Assembling and layout
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
100 150 200 250Output current (mA)
Effic
ienc
y (%
)
Fig. 6.20. Simulated eciency of the converter without the dynamic width sizing and withthe dynamic width sizing
1020304050607080
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
Output current (mA)
Effic
ienc
y (%
)
LDO
SMPS
(a) Eciency vs. output current
30
40
50
60
70
80
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800
Output power (mW)
Effic
ienc
y (%
)
(b) Eciency vs. output power
Fig. 6.21. Simulated eciency of the SMPS and an LDO for Vbat=3.6 V and RPA=6 Ω
cycle is 50%, which is still low enough.
The eciency plot at low output power range in Fig. 6.20 shows an improvement as
much as 10% obtained by the dynamic width sizing of the power transistors. As expected
from the theoretical analysis, the eciency improvement decreases when the output current
increases and the ohmic losses becomes signicant because of the reduced width of the power
devices. An eciency plot over the full output current range of SMPS is shown in Fig. 6.21a
with the theoretical eciency of an LDO. The eciency of the SMPS is largely above that
of a LDO over the full current range. The peak eciency is 76%, which is lower than those
usually reported in the literature but is high enough for a DC/DC converter connected to the
battery and switching at 200 MHz. The eciency as a function of output power is plotted
in 6.21b.
6.6 Assembling and layout
The layout of this SMPS is similar to that described in chapter 3. The placement gives
the priority to the power transistors and the resonant inductors whose connections are made
as short as possible. Some connections are still long because of the large number of resonant
- 125 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
inductors (4 actually) and their size. But the resistance of the routing metal lines of the
power paths is minimized by stacking the two upper thick metal layers that are available in
the technology (1.7 µm thickness).
The test-chip called SATURN consists of the SMPS and a WLAN RF PA. The layout
and the oor plan are shown in Fig. 6.22. The two circuits are connected only on the PCB
where the output lter of the SMPS is implemented. The description of the PA is not given
here because it is out of the scope of this thesis.
6.7 Experimental results
The experimental results of the SMPS are presented in this section. The RF PA is not
connected yet to the DC/DC converter and is replaced by a 5.6 Ω resistance on the test
board (Fig. 6.23). All measurements are carried out with a switching frequency of 200 MHz.
6.7.1 Steady-state measurements
The steady-state characteristics such as the DC consumption (3.2 mA at Vbat=3.6 V)of
the analog and low power blocs and the internal supply voltage of the power stage are in
agreement with the simulation. In particular the internal decoupling is eective as the supply
voltage of the power stage does not exhibit any over/undershoot when the SMPS is operating
(Fig. 6.24).
In closed-loop condition, the SMPS does not suer from instability with the full output
voltage range, though the pulse-skipping happens at the lower and upper limits of the output
voltage range. The experimental gain between the reference voltage and the output voltage
is β=2, like in the simulation.
Among the LDOs designed to supply the internal blocs from the battery voltage, only
the output voltage of the one used for analog and low power circuits (Fig. 6.15) is measured
on the PCB. The value measured is 2.5 V as specied during the design.
6.7.2 Dynamic measurements
The features added to this test-chip, namely the dynamic sizing of the power transistors
and digital adaptive dead-time control, have been tested in variable output voltage condition.
The signal EN that controls the size of the power transistors is plotted in Fig. 6.25
with the output voltage varying at 100 kHz. The actual threshold voltage is 1 V instead of
1.5 V because of the miscalculation of the voltage divider. Nevertheless the dynamic sizing
control adjusts very well the size of the power transistors according to the output voltage;
the hysteresis threshold is also correct.
The duration of the conduction of the body-diode of the synchronous switch is kept
very small compared to the switching period (Ts=5 ns) thanks to the adaptive dead-time
- 126 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.7 Experimental results
(a) Layout
Dec
. LD
O s
ync
LDO
ctrl
(b) Floor plan
Fig. 6.22. Layout and oor plan of the test-chip (the SMPS with a RF PA)
- 127 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
(a) PCB
(b) Microphotograph of the test chip
Fig. 6.23. Test board and chip microphotograph
Fig. 6.24. LX node voltage for Vbat=3.6 V (200 MHz)
- 128 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.7 Experimental results
Fig. 6.25. Dynamic sizing of the size of the power stage: control signal vs. the outputvoltage at 100 kHz
Fig. 6.26. Adaptive dead-time: dead-time selection signals vs. output voltage
controller. As shown in Fig. 6.26 the dead-time selection signals (SEL0 and SEL1 ) vary
according to the output voltage of the SMPS and enable the appropriate dead-times as the
output voltage varies. The duration of dead-time td2 across the power range is kept below
400 ps i.e. less than 10% of Ts and in agreement with simulation (Fig. 6.27a, b and c). A
constant duration of about 400 ps is measured for the dead-time td1, which is a bit higher
than the simulation value of about 300 ps but is still low enough (Fig. 6.27d). Therefore the
discretization of the dead-time control with 3 steps is sucient because the power loss due
to the body diode is acceptable (11 mW when the output power is 414 mW in Fig. 6.27c
condition).
6.7.3 Reference tracking
The DC/DC converter was tested in reference tracking with dierent input signal fre-
quencies (Fig. 6.28) and showed no signicant out-phasing within the large signal bandwidth
of the WCDMA signal (3.84 MHz). However the pulse-skipping occurs when the duty cycle
of the power stage becomes very low or very large, leading to more HF ripple on the output
voltage (Fig. 6.28a). Indeed it appeared that the experimental duty cycle range is smaller
than in the simulation.
- 129 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
(a) td2=350 ps at Vout=0.69 V and Iout=123mA
(b) td2=275 ps at Vout=0.95 V and Iout=169 mA
(c) td2=300 ps at Vout=1.5 V and Iout=272 mA (d) td1=400 ps at Vout=0.95 V and Iout=169mA
Fig. 6.27. Measured dead-times at dierent output voltage
- 130 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.7 Experimental results
(a) f=100 kHz, Vbat=4.5 V (b) f=2 MHz, Vbat=3.6 V
(c) f=4 MHz, Vbat=4.5 V
Fig. 6.28. Reference tracking at dierent input signal frequencies
- 131 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
(a) Eciency at Vbat=3.6 V (b) Input current from the battery atVbat=3.6 V
Fig. 6.29. Comparison of measured eciency and input current from the battery vs. sim-ulation
6.7.4 Experimental eciency
The experimental eciency shows a discrepancy with the simulation for identical condi-
tions (Fig. 6.29a). Many leads are currently being investigated to nd out the cause of the
increased power consumption from the battery. Indeed when we compare the input current
as a function of output power from both simulation and measurement, a signicant overhead
appears in the measurement (Fig. 6.29b).
Obviously the extra power consumption is not due to an interconnect resistance in series
with the power transistors because the experimental LX node voltage waveform does show
any dierence with the simulation waveform at the same node. One possible explanation
is the discrepancy in the model of the parasitic capacitance and resistance of the insulating
substrate layer beneath the buried oxyde of the 0.13-µm CMOS SOI process, but this is still
to be conrmed by the process designers.
6.8 Conclusion
In this chapter we detailed the design of a HF DC/DC converter including new techniques
to improve the eciency at low output power. The simulated eciency curves show the
increase of the eciency thanks to the combination of the resonant gate drivers, the low
voltage operation of the drivers and the dynamic width sizing of the power transistors.
The internal power management is realized by 3 LDOs designed for the supply of low
voltage circuits, so this demonstrator can be directly connected to a battery without requiring
auxiliary voltage sources.
This demonstrator illustrates also the need of high-density capacitors in power manage-
ment systems.
The experimental results presented in this chapter are in line with the simulation, except
for the power eciency which is being investigated. The dynamic features such as the
- 132 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
6.8 Conclusion
regulation bandwdith, the dynamic sizing of the power transistors and the digital adaptive
dead-time control are now validated by the measurement results from the demonstrator.
- 133 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Chapter 6 : Improvement of the eciency at low output power
- 134 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Conclusion
Synthesis of the work
Throughout this work we have shown the key issues of the design of high frequency
DC/DC converters for a dynamic supply of RF PAs. The formal methodology developed
during this thesis has been applied and validated on demonstrators designed in 0.25-µm
BiCMOS and 0.13-µm CMOS SOI technologies respectively. The goal of this methodology
is to give the designer the keys for a successful design by a detailed analysis of the main
functions. Since every power management design is a trade-o between the size, the velocity
and the power eciency, we intend to show the implications of the primary design choices.
This manuscript is not intended to be a cook book, yet practical equations are provided for
a quick design of a DC/DC converter from the basic specications of the application.
Throughout the CMOS design of the demonstrators, optimized schematics of common
analog blocks such as op-amps, comparator or active lters are presented. But emphasis is
put rather on the novel features that allow an optimal high frequency operation of a DC/DC
converter. These features include the adaptive dead-time control, the dynamic width sizing
of the power stage and the resonant gate driver. At least two optimal implementations of
each function are provided in the two technologies used throughout this work.
A DC/DC converter comprises multiple circuits that have dierent sensitivity to mis-
match, parasitic eects and mutual inuence. Therefore layout guidelines given with the
design procedure lead to a satisfying trade-o in block placement that does not impact (too
much) the power eciency and the functionnality. As an example the reduction of the rout-
ing resistance around the power stage is more critical than additional access resistance to
the low power circuits.
The main objective of this thesis is to decrease the size of passive devices and allow their
integration with the active part of the DC/DC converter. The increase of the switching
frequency was the lead followed to achieve that goal. A theoretical analysis showed the drop
of the eciency that results from the increase of the switching frequency, especially in light
load condition. Our subsequent works focus on design techniques to improve the eciency
and the resonant gate driver proved to be very interesting for that purpose. Thanks to the
recycling of the gate drive energy of the power transistors, a signicant reduction of the
switching losses was obtained which translates into an improvement of the overall eciency
- 135 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Conclusion
of the converter by as much as 5%. The analysis, the design and the layout of this resonant
gate driver and its inductance took a key position in our work. An important theoretical
study was carried out to estimate the energy saving obtained with the resonant gate driver
compared to the conventional driver and the silicon area penalty. It appears that the wide
duty cycle range required by the EER operation is the main limiting factor of the potential
energy saving brought by the resonant gate driver. The on-chip integration of the driver and
its inductor was possible thanks to the high switching frequency (200 MHz).
In a variable load condition such as in EER, the adaptive dead-time control is necessary
to ensure both safety and power losses reduction when the switching frequency goes high.
An optimal implementation is provided in chapter 3 based on an analog approach and the
probing of LX node voltage proved the ability of the dead-time controller to reduce the
conduction time of the body-diode of the synchronous transistor. A second implementation
based on digital approach is used in the second demonstrator, which is as much eective as
the rst one and less complex.
A further improvement of the eciency at low output power was obtained by combining
the resonant gate driver with two other techniques that are the low supply voltage operation
of the drivers and the dynamic sizing of the width of the power transistors. By reducing
the switching losses, the combination of these three techniques enhances the eciency by as
much as 10% at low output power.
The combination of these design techniques results in a robust, stand-alone DC/DC
converter that can be directly connected to the battery thanks to the LDEMOS transistors
used in the power stage. This feature is essential for the autonomy of portable systems that
run on a Li-ion battery delivering a voltage as high as 5 V. It removes the necessity of a rst
voltage converter to lower the supply voltage as it is required with converters designed with
low voltage technologies.
Perspectives
Higher eciency at light load
With the evolution of the communication standards toward higher data rates, wideband
modulations will be more and more present on mobile platforms. An ecient supply of the
PA will still consist in EER or at least in ET for very wideband applications. High switching
frequency DC/DC converters are the best candidates to fulll the task of dynamic supply
of PAs in such condition. The practical RF output power distribution favors low power
transmissions and the eciency of the DC/DC converter must be improved at low output
power without sacricing the eciency at large output power.
The dynamic width sizing of the power transistors can be further improved in a multicell
and interleaved architecture where each power stage can be completely disconnected from
the rest of the SMPS. A great number of inductors is the main penalty of this architecture.
- 136 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Conclusion
Besides the PID controller must be recongured each time a power stage is connected or
disconnected.
A shrink in the technology is another lead to improve the eciency while increasing the
switching frequency, but it is necessary to have high-voltage devices that can handle the
battery voltage.
Integration with passive devices in a SiP
Thanks to the relatively high switching frequency, the values of passive devices is low
enough to consider an integration with the techniques described in chapter 5. Two leads can
be considered to achieve that goal. A rst approach consists of assembling an active die,
that contains the active devices of the SMPS, with a die containing the passive components.
A SiP can then be designed by a wire bonding of the two chips or by ip-chiping. The latter
technique being more favorable in terms of area and parasitics.
The ultimate approach consists of designing an inductor with a magnetic core on top
of a die containing the active components of the SMPS and the high density capacitors.
The connection between the inductor and the active die can be done through vias in the
magnetic layer. Compared with the rst approach this is more complex because its supposes
a compatibility of high density capacitors design steps with a standard CMOS technology.
Moreover it requires a fair quality deposition of magnetic alloy on the silicon substrate. But
this approach allows a more compact design and is then more suitable when multiple DC/DC
converters are present on the chip.
EMI issues
The electromagnetic compatibility of a HF DC/DC converter with other systems in its
neighbourhood is a very important study that must be carried out. Such study would allow
to check the inuence of the switching activity of the power stage and the high frequency
ripple current of the lter inductor. In particular the impact of electromagnetic eld radiated
by the lter inductor and the inductors of the resonant gate drivers on the RF PA, which
also includes a balun made by on-chip air-core inductors.
The analysis of the EMI on the performance of the system is a complex work that
requires a combination of electrical and electromagnetic simulation tools. A large degree of
simplication of the models of the system is necessary for reasonable simulation duration.
Can this work serve in other applications than EER?
The design of power management system is a topic that concerns any eld of circuit
design. The features of our demonstrators are specically required in applications such
the Dynamic Voltage Scaling (DVS) of digital circuits. Indeed a large voltage regulation
bandwidth and a sucient dynamic range are the main requirements for the dynamic supply
- 137 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Conclusion
of digital cores in a digital SoC. In that particular application the energy saving of the
resonant gate driver can be high because the output range required in the DVS is less than
in EER. In that purpose multiple voltage islands can be designed in the digital SoC with a
DC/DC converter dedicated to each voltage island.
- 138 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Bibliography
[1] B. Orlando, Conception, Realisation et Analyse de Micro-Inductances Integrees avec
Materiaux Ferromagnetiques Doux, Ph.D. dissertation, Universite de Limoges, 2007.
[2] C. Martin, B. Allard, D. Tournier, M. Soueidan, J.-J. Rousseau, D. Allessem,
L. Menager, V. Bley, and J.-Y. Lembeye, Planar inductors for high frequency DC-
DC converters using microwave magnetic material, in Energy Conversion Congress
and Exposition, 2009. ECCE 2009. IEEE, sep. 2009, pp. 1890 1894.
[3] H.-J. Bergveld, K. Nowak, R. Karadi, S. Iochem, J. Ferreira, S. Ledain, E. Pieraerts, and
M. Pommier, A 65-nm-CMOS 100-MHz 87%-ecient DC-DC down converter based on
dual-die system-in-package integration, in Energy Conversion Congress and Exposition,
2009. ECCE 2009. IEEE, Sept. 2009, pp. 3698 3705.
[4] J. H. Klootwijk, K. B. Jinesh, W. Dekkers, J. F. Verhoeven, F. C. van den Heuvel, H. D.
Kim, D. Blin, M. A. Verheijen, R. Weemaes, M. Kaiser, J. Ruigrok, and F. Roozeboom,
Ultrahigh Capacitance Density for Multiple ALD-Grown MIM Capacitor Stacks in 3-D
Silicon, IEEE Electron Device Letters, vol. 29, no. 7, pp. 740742, Jul. 2008.
[5] J. Choi, D. Kang, D. Kim, and B. Kim, Optimized Envelope Tracking Operation
of Doherty Power Amplier for High Eciency Over an Extended Dynamic Range,
Microwave Theory and Techniques, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 57, no. 6, pp. 1508
1515, June 2009.
[6] V. Pinon, Alimentation dynamique pour amplicateur radiofrequence, Ph.D. disser-
tation, INSA de Lyon, 2006.
[7] J. N. Kitchen, C. Chu, S. Kiaei, and B. Bakkaloglu, Combined Linear and delta-
Modulated Switch-Mode PA Supply Modulator for Polar Transmitters, IEEE Journal
of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 44, no. 2, pp. 404413, February 2009.
[8] M. Vasic, O. Garcia, J. Oliver, P. Alou, D. Diaz, and J. Cobos, Multilevel Power Supply
for High-Eciency RF Ampliers, Power Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 25,
no. 4, pp. 1078 1089, april 2010.
- 139 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[9] T.-W. Kwak, M.-C. Lee, and G.-H. Cho, A 2 W CMOS Hybrid Switching Ampli-
tude Modulator for EDGE Polar Transmitters, Solid-State Circuits, IEEE Journal of,
vol. 42, no. 12, pp. 2666 2676, December 2007.
[10] W.-Y. Chu, B. Bakkaloglu, and S. Kiaei, A 10 MHz Bandwidth, 2 mV Ripple PA
Regulator for CDMA Transmitters, Solid-State Circuits, IEEE Journal of, vol. 43,
no. 12, pp. 2809 2819, dec. 2008.
[11] R. Shrestha, R. van der Zee, A. de Graauw, and B. Nauta, AWideband Supply Modula-
tor for 20 MHz RF Bandwidth Polar PAs in 65 nm CMOS, IEEE Journal of Solid-State
Circuits, vol. 44, no. 4, pp. 12721280, April 2009.
[12] J. Choi, D. Kim, D. Kang, and B. Kim, A Polar Transmitter With CMOS Pro-
grammable Hysteretic-Controlled Hybrid Switching Supply Modulator for Multistan-
dard Applications, Microwave Theory and Techniques, IEEE Transactions on, vol. PP,
no. 99, pp. 11, 2009.
[13] Y. Wu and P. Mok, A Two-phase Switching Hybrid Supply Modulator for Polar Trans-
mitters with 9% Eciency Improvement, in Solid-State Circuits Conference, 2010.
ISSCC 2010. Digest of Technical Papers. IEEE International, Feb. 2010, pp. 196198.
[14] V. Pinon, F. Hasbani, A. Giry, D. Pache, and C. Garnier, A Single-Chip WCDMA
Envelope Reconstruction LDMOS PA with 130-MHz Switched-Mode Power Supply, in
Solid-State Circuits Conference, 2008. ISSCC 2008. Digest of Technical Papers. IEEE
International, Feb. 2008, pp. 564636.
[15] A. Kavousian, D. K. Su, M. Hekmat, A. Shirvani, and B. A. Wooley, A Digitally
Modulated Polar CMOS Power Amplier With a 20-MHz Channel Bandwidth, IEEE
Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 43, no. 10, pp. 22512258, October 2008.
[16] C. Presti, F. Carrara, A. Scuderi, P. Asbeck, and G. Palmisano, A 25 dBm Digitally
Modulated CMOS Power Amplier for WCDMA/EDGE/OFDM With Adaptive Digi-
tal Predistortion and Ecient Power Control, Solid-State Circuits, IEEE Journal of,
vol. 44, no. 7, pp. 1883 1896, july 2009.
[17] R. Milliken, J. Silva-Martinez, and E. Sanchez-Sinencio, Full On-Chip CMOS Low-
Dropout Voltage Regulator, Circuits and Systems I: Regular Papers, IEEE Transac-
tions on, vol. 54, no. 9, pp. 1879 1890, sept. 2007.
[18] M. El-Nozahi, A. Amer, J. Torres, K. Entesari, and E. Sanchez-Sinencio, High PSR
Low Drop-Out Regulator With Feed-Forward Ripple Cancellation Technique, Solid-
State Circuits, IEEE Journal of, vol. 45, no. 3, pp. 565 577, march 2010.
[19] Y. Ramadass, A. Fayed, B. Haroun, and A. Chandrakasan, A 0.16mm2 Completely On-
Chip Switched-Capacitor DC-DC Converter Using Digital Capacitance Modulation for
- 140 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
BIBLIOGRAPHY
LDO Replacement in 45nm CMOS, in Solid-State Circuits Conference, 2010. ISSCC
2010. Digest of Technical Papers. IEEE International, Feb. 2010, pp. 208210.
[20] P. Hazuka, G. Schrom, J. Hahn, B. Bloechel, P. Hack, G. Dermer, S. Narendra, D. Gard-
ner, T. Karnik, V. De, and S. Borkar, A 233-MHz 80-87% Ecient Four-Phase DC-DC
Converter Utilizing Air-Core Inductors on Package, IEEE Journal of Solid-States Cir-
cuits, vol. 40, no. 4, pp. 838845, April 2005.
[21] J. Wibben and R. Harjani, A High-Eciency DC/DC Converter Using 2 nH Integrated
Inductors, IEEE Journal of Solid-State Circuits, vol. 43, no. 4, pp. 844854, April 2008.
[22] S. Reynolds, A DC-DC converter for short-channel CMOS technologies, Solid-State
Circuits, IEEE Journal of, vol. 32, no. 1, pp. 111 113, jan 1997.
[23] G. Schrom, P. Hazucha, J.-H. Hahn, V. Kursun, D. Gardner, S. Narendra, T. Karnik,
and V. De, Feasibility of Monolithic and 3D-Stacked DC-DC Converters for Micropro-
cessors in 90nm Technology Generation, Proc IEEE International Symposium on Low
Power Electronics and Design (ISLPED), pp. 263268, 2004.
[24] C. F. Lee and P. Mok, A monolithic current-mode CMOS DC-DC converter with on-
chip current-sensing technique, Solid-State Circuits, IEEE Journal of, vol. 39, no. 1,
pp. 3 14, jan. 2004.
[25] S. Abedinpour, B. Bakkaloglu, and S. Kiaei, A Multistage Interleaved Synchronous
Buck Converter With Integrated Output Filter in 0.18 um SiGe Process, IEEE Trans-
actions on Power Electronics, vol. 22, no. 6, pp. 21642175, November 2007.
[26] J. Kim, H. Chu, and C. Kim, Current-mode DC-DC buck converter with reliable
hysteretic-mode control and dual modulator for fast dynamic voltage scaling, in Cir-
cuits and Systems, 2009. MWSCAS '09. 52nd IEEE International Midwest Symposium
on, Aug. 2009, pp. 941 944.
[27] F.-F. Ma, W.-Z. Chen, and J.-C. Wu, A Monolithic Current-Mode Buck Converter
With Advanced Control and Protection Circuits, Power Electronics, IEEE Transac-
tions on, vol. 22, no. 5, pp. 1836 1846, sept. 2007.
[28] H.-W. Huang, K.-H. Chen, and S.-Y. Kuo, Dithering Skip Modulation, Width and Dead
Time Controllers in Highly Ecient DC-DC Converters for System-On-Chip Applica-
tions, IEEE Journal of Solid-States Circuits, vol. 42, no. 11, pp. 24512465, November
2007.
[29] A. Peterchev and S. Sanders, Quantization resolution and limit cycling in digitally
controlled PWM converters, Power Electronics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 18, no. 1,
pp. 301 308, jan 2003.
- 141 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[30] J. Xiao, A. V. Peterchev, J. Zhang, and S. R. Sanders, A 4-uA Quiescent-Current
Dual-Mode Digitally Controlled Buck Converter IC for Cellular Phone Applications,
IEEE Journal of Solid-States Circuits, vol. 39, no. 12, pp. 23422348, December 2004.
[31] O. Trescases, W. T. Ng, H. Nishio, M. Edo, and T. Kawashima, A Digitally Controlled
DC-DC Converter Module with a Segmented Output Stage for Optimized Eciency, in
Power Semiconductor Devices and IC's, 2006. ISPSD 2006. IEEE International Sym-
posium on, june 2006, pp. 1 4.
[32] J. Sun, D. Giuliano, S. Devarajan, J.-Q. Lu, T. P. Chow, and R. J. Gutmann, Fully
Monolithic Cellular Buck Converter Design for 3-D Power Delivery, IEEE Transactions
on Very Large Scale Integration (VLSI) Systems, vol. 17, no. 3, pp. 447451, March 2009.
[33] K. Onizuka, K. Inagaki, H. Kawaguchi, M. Takamiya, and T. Sakurai, Stacked-Chip
Implementation of On-Chip Buck Converter for Distributed Power Supply System in
SiPs, IEEE Journal of Solid-States Circuits, vol. 42, no. 11, pp. 24042410, November
2007.
[34] Q.-H. Li, L. Geng, and Z.-B. Shao, A Monolithic Low-Power Buck Converter Integrated
in CMOS Process, Proc of Asia-Pacic Microwave Conference (APMC), vol. 2, p. 4
pp., 2005.
[35] L. Marco, A. Poveda, E. Alarcon, and D. Maksimovic, Bandwidth limits in PWM
switching ampliers, in Circuits and Systems, 2006. ISCAS 2006. Proceedings. 2006
IEEE International Symposium on, 2006, pp. 5323 5326.
[36] O. Trescases, W. Tung Ng, and S. Chen, Precision gate drive timing in a zero-voltage-
switching DC-DC converter, Proceedings of IEEE ISPSD, pp. 5558, 2004.
[37] F. Lima, M. Santos, J. Barata, and J. Aguiar, Dead-Time Control System for a Syn-
chronous Buck dc-dc Converter, in Power Engineering, Energy and Electrical Drives,
2007. POWERENG 2007. International Conference on, april 2007, pp. 423 428.
[38] V. Yousefzadeh and D. Maksimovic, Sensorless Optimization of Dead Times in DC-DC
Converters With Synchronous Rectiers, IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics,
vol. 21, no. 4, p. 994, July 2006.
[39] B. Razavi, Design of Analog CMOS Integrated Circuits, McGraw-Hill, Ed. McGraw-
Hill, 2001.
[40] P. R. Gray, P. J. Hurst, S. H. Lewis, and R. G. Meyer, Analysis and Design of Analog
Integrated Circuits, 4th ed., J. Wiley and Sons, Eds. John Wiley And Sons, 2001.
[41] R. Pilawa-Podgurski, A. Sagneri, J. Rivas, D. Anderson, and D. Perreault, Very High
Frequency Resonant Boost Converters, in Power Electronics Specialists Conference,
2007. PESC 2007. IEEE, 17-21 2007, pp. 2718 2724.
- 142 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
BIBLIOGRAPHY
[42] Y. Chen, F. C. Lee, L. Amoroso, and H.-P. Wu, A Resonant MOSFET Gate driver
With Ecient Energy Recovery, IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. 19,
no. 2, pp. 470477, March 2004.
[43] Z. Yang, S. Ye, and Y.-F. Liu, A new Resonant Gate Drive Circuit for Synchronous
Buck Converter, IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. 22, no. 4, pp. 1311
1320, 2007.
[44] W. Eberle, Z. Zhang, Y.-F. Liu, and P. Sen, A Current Source Gate Driver Achieving
Switching Loss Savings and Gate Energy Recovery at 1-MHz, Power Electronics, IEEE
Transactions on, vol. 23, no. 2, pp. 678691, March 2008.
[45] J.-P. Laur, G. Troussier, J.-L. Sanchez, D. Bourrier, V. Conedera, M. Dilhan, T. El Mas-
touli, Y. Lembeye, H. Morel, D. Ligot, and B. Cogitore, Fabrication of an integrated
spiral-type inductor dedicated to DC-DC microconverters, in Power Electronics and
Applications, 2005 European Conference on, 2005, pp. 6 pp. P.6.
[46] R. Meere, T. O'Donnell, H. Bergveld, N. Wang, and S. O'Mathuna, Analysis of Microin-
ductor Performance in a 20100 MHz DC/DC Converter, Power Electronics, IEEE
Transactions on, vol. 24, no. 9, pp. 2212 2218, Sept. 2009.
[47] H. Nakazawa, M. Edo, Y. Katayama, M. Gekinozu, S. Sugahara, Z. Hayashi, K. Kuroki,
E. Yonezawa, and K. Matsuzaki, Micro-DC/DC converter that integrates planar induc-
tor on power IC, Magnetics, IEEE Transactions on, vol. 36, no. 5, pp. 3518 3520, sep.
2000.
[48] K. H. Kim, J. Kim, H. J. Kim, S. H. Han, and H. J. Kim, A Megahertz switching
DC/DC converter using FeBN thin lm inductor, Magnetics, IEEE Transactions on,
vol. 38, no. 5, pp. 3162 3164, sep. 2002.
[49] M. Nongaillard, F. Lallemand, and B. Allard, Design for manufacturing of low voltage
3D capacitors, Device and Materials Reliability, IEEE Transactions on, vol. PP, no. 99,
pp. 1 1, 2010.
[50] A. Benazzi, M. Brunet, P. Dubreuil, N. Mauran, L. Bary, J.-P. Laur, J.-L. Sanchez,
and K. Isoird, Performance of 3D capacitors integrated on silicon for DC-DC converter
applications, in Power Electronics and Applications, 2007 European Conference on,
sep. 2007, pp. 1 9.
[51] V. Kursun, S. Narendra, V. De, and E. Friedman, Low-voltage-swing monolithic dc-dc
conversion, IEEE Transactions on Circuits and Systems II: Analog and Digital Signal
Processing, vol. 51, no. 5, pp. 241248, May 2004.
- 143 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
BIBLIOGRAPHY
- 144 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
List of publications
M. Bathily, F. Hasbani and B. Allard, Analysis and optimization of HF DC/DC
converters for RF polar transmitters, IEEE PowerSoc'08, Cork, Ireland, Poster pre-
sentation
M. Bathily, Gestion d'énergie dans les systèmes mobiles: les convertisseurs DC/DC
HF, in Proc. Journée des Jeunes Chercheurs en Génie Electrique, Lyon, 2008.
M. Bathily, B. Allard, J. Verdier and F. Hasbani, Resonant gate drive for silicon
integrated DC/DC converters, in Energy Conversion Congress and Exposition, 2009.
ECCE 2009. IEEE, sep. 2009, pp. 3876 3880.
M. Bathily, B. Allard, J. Verdier and F. Hasbani, Improvement of the eciency of
HF DC/DC converters by resonant gate drivers, IEEE PowerSoc'10, Cork, Ireland,
Poster presentation
M. Bathily, B. Allard, J. Verdier, F. Hasbani and V. Pinon, Design ow for high-
switching frequency and analog step-down converters, IEEE Transactions on Power
Electronics (submitted)
M. Bathily, B. Allard and F. Hasbani, Integrated resonant gate driver and high
switching-frequency DC-DC converters, IEEE Power Electronics Letters (accepted
for publication)
M. Bathily, B. Allard, F. Hasbani and V. Pinon, Low-Power, Battery-operated, Large-
Bandwidth Analog Integrated DC/DC Step-down Converters, Journal of Low Power
Electronics (Elsevier) (accepted for publication)
- 145 -Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
Abstract
Today's mobile communication devices include many features and deliver data with high rates. In order
to increase the life time of the battery, it is necessary to enhance each block eciency, i.e. to provide and
to design ecient power management system to deliver energy to the dierent parts of the device. The
RF power amplier (PA) that feeds the antenna is the main power consumer on a mobile platform. The
Envelope Elimination and Restoration (EER) technique constitutes an interesting approach to increase
the eciency of the RF PA when variable-envelope modulations such as WCDMA or WLAN are used. A
DC/DC converter with a large bandwidth is then required to supply the PA with the envelope of the RF
signal. This PhD work focuses on the design of high switching frequency DC/DC converters for WCDMA
EER. Besides the monolithic integration of the converter and the RF PA on a single chip requires an
increase of the switching frequency beyond the hundred of MHz in order to shrink the size of passive
devices. A formal design methodology is developed to specify the converter and the main building blocks
of the system. This methodology derives the specications of the converters from those of the RF standard
in terms of bandwidth and output power. New architectures are proposed to overcome the limitation of
the conventional architecture and to improve the eciency of the converter. The study focuses the light
output power range. A practical use of this methodology is given through the design of demonstrators in
0.25-µm BiCMOS and 0.13-µm CMOS SOI technologies and experimental results are provided to validate
the methodology and the simulation results.
Keywords: Analog circuits design, buck converter, BiCMOS, CMOS, DC/DC conversion, EER,
PWM, WCDMA, SMPS
Résumé
Les appareils de communication mobile actuels intègrent de plus en plus de fonctionnalités et transmettent
des données à des débits toujours plus élevés. Pour étendre la durée de vie de la batterie, il est nécessaire de
concevoir une bonne stratégie de gestion d'énergie et d'alimentation des diérents circuits. L'amplicateur
de puissance (PA) radio est le principal consommateur d'énergie. La technique de reconstruction d'enveloppe
permet d'augmenter le rendement énergétique de l'amplicateur de puissance lorsque les modulations à
amplitude variable comme le WCDMA ou le WLAN sont utilisées. Dans cette architecture un convertisseur
DC/DC est utilisé pour alimenter l'amplicateur radio avec l'enveloppe du signal RF. Ce travail de thèse
décrit la conception des convertisseurs à découpage DC/DC à haute fréquence pour alimenter un PA dans
le cadre de la reconstruction d'enveloppe pour le standard WCDMA. De plus l'intégration monolithique
du convertisseur et du PA impose d'augmenter la fréquence de découpage du convertisseur pour réduire
la taille des composants passifs. Une méthodologie formelle est développée pour spécier le convertisseur
et ses principaux circuits. Cette méthodologie déduit les spécications du convertisseur à partir de celles
du standard RF, notamment en terme de bande passante et de puissance. De nouvelles architectures sont
proposées pour dépasser les limitations de l'architecture classique et améliorer le rendement du convertisseur.
L'application pratique de cette méthodologie est eectuée à l'aide de démonstrateurs réalisés dans les
technologies BiCMOS 0.25 µm et CMOS 0.13µm SOI. Les résultats expérimentaux obtenus permettent de
valider la méthodologie et conrment les résultats de simulation.
Mots-clés: Circuits intégrés analogiques, BiCMOS, CMOS, convertisseur DC/DC, PWM, WCDMA
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés
FOLIO ADMINISTRATIF
THESE SOUTENUE DEVANT L'INSTITUT NATIONAL DES SCIENCES APPLIQUEES DE LYON
NOM : BATHILY DATE de SOUTENANCE : Décembre 2010 (avec précision du nom de jeune fille, le cas échéant)
Prénoms : Malal
TITRE : Design of DC/DC converters for RF Systems-on-Chip
NATURE : Doctorat Numéro d'ordre : 2010-ISAL-0112
Ecole doctorale : EEA
Spécialité : Génie Electrique
Cote B.I.U. - Lyon : T 50/210/19 / et bis CLASSE :
RESUME : Les appareils de communication mobile actuels intègrent de plus en plus de fonctionnalités et transmettent des données à des débits toujours plus élevés. Pour étendre la durée de vie de la batterie, il est nécessaire de concevoir une bonne stratégie de gestion d'énergie et d'alimentation des différents circuits. L'amplificateur de puissance (PA) radio est le principal consommateur d'énergie. La technique de reconstruction d'enveloppe (Envelope Elimination and Restoration) permet d'augmenter le rendement énergétique de l'amplificateur de puissance lorsque les modulations à amplitude variable comme le WCDMA ou le WLAN sont utilisées. Dans cette architecture un convertisseur DC/DC est utilisé pour alimenter l'amplificateur radio avec l'enveloppe du signal RF. Ce travail de thèse décrit la conception des convertisseurs à découpage DC/DC à haute fréquence pour alimenter un PA dans le cadre de la reconstruction d'enveloppe pour le standard WCDMA. De plus l'intégration monolithique du convertisseur et du PA impose d'augmenter la fréquence de découpage du convertisseur pour réduire la taille des composants passifs. Une méthodologie formelle est développée pour spécifier le convertisseur et ses principaux circuits. Cette méthodologie déduit les spécifications du convertisseur à partir de celles du standard RF, notamment en termes de bande passante et de puissance. De nouvelles architectures sont proposées pour dépasser les limitations de l'architecture classique et améliorer le rendement du convertisseur. L'application pratique de cette méthodologie est effectuée à l'aide de démonstrateurs réalisés dans les technologies BiCMOS 0.25 um et CMOS 0.13 um SOI. Les résultats expérimentaux obtenus permettent de valider la méthodologie et confirment les résultats de simulation.
MOTS-CLES : Circuits intégrés analogiques, BiCMOS, CMOS, convertisseur DC/DC, EER, PWM, WCDMA
Laboratoire (s) de recherche : Université de Lyon, Ampère, INSA Lyon, CNRS UMR 5005
Directeur de thèse: Professeur Bruno ALLARD
Président de jury : Corinne ALONSO, Pr.
Composition du jury : Corinne ALONSO, Pr. Yves LEMBEYE, Pr. José Antonio COBOS, Pr. Frédéric HASBANI, Bruno ALLARD, Pr.
Cette thèse est accessible à l'adresse : http://theses.insa-lyon.fr/publication/2010ISAL0112/these.pdf © [M. Bathily], [2013], INSA de Lyon, tous droits réservés